WO2021189210A1 - Vehicle lane changing method and related device - Google Patents

Vehicle lane changing method and related device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021189210A1
WO2021189210A1 PCT/CN2020/080744 CN2020080744W WO2021189210A1 WO 2021189210 A1 WO2021189210 A1 WO 2021189210A1 CN 2020080744 W CN2020080744 W CN 2020080744W WO 2021189210 A1 WO2021189210 A1 WO 2021189210A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
lane
gap
changing
vehicle
target
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/080744
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
曾侠
杜明博
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN202080004979.3A priority Critical patent/CN112672942B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2020/080744 priority patent/WO2021189210A1/en
Publication of WO2021189210A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021189210A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60WCONJOINT CONTROL OF VEHICLE SUB-UNITS OF DIFFERENT TYPE OR DIFFERENT FUNCTION; CONTROL SYSTEMS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR HYBRID VEHICLES; ROAD VEHICLE DRIVE CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR PURPOSES NOT RELATED TO THE CONTROL OF A PARTICULAR SUB-UNIT
    • B60W30/00Purposes of road vehicle drive control systems not related to the control of a particular sub-unit, e.g. of systems using conjoint control of vehicle sub-units
    • B60W30/18Propelling the vehicle
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60WCONJOINT CONTROL OF VEHICLE SUB-UNITS OF DIFFERENT TYPE OR DIFFERENT FUNCTION; CONTROL SYSTEMS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR HYBRID VEHICLES; ROAD VEHICLE DRIVE CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR PURPOSES NOT RELATED TO THE CONTROL OF A PARTICULAR SUB-UNIT
    • B60W40/00Estimation or calculation of non-directly measurable driving parameters for road vehicle drive control systems not related to the control of a particular sub unit, e.g. by using mathematical models
    • B60W40/02Estimation or calculation of non-directly measurable driving parameters for road vehicle drive control systems not related to the control of a particular sub unit, e.g. by using mathematical models related to ambient conditions
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60WCONJOINT CONTROL OF VEHICLE SUB-UNITS OF DIFFERENT TYPE OR DIFFERENT FUNCTION; CONTROL SYSTEMS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR HYBRID VEHICLES; ROAD VEHICLE DRIVE CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR PURPOSES NOT RELATED TO THE CONTROL OF A PARTICULAR SUB-UNIT
    • B60W40/00Estimation or calculation of non-directly measurable driving parameters for road vehicle drive control systems not related to the control of a particular sub unit, e.g. by using mathematical models
    • B60W40/10Estimation or calculation of non-directly measurable driving parameters for road vehicle drive control systems not related to the control of a particular sub unit, e.g. by using mathematical models related to vehicle motion
    • B60W40/105Speed

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of automatic driving technology, and in particular to a vehicle lane changing method and related equipment.
  • Lane-changing behavior on high-speed is a high-risk driving behavior, which extremely tests the driver's attention and control, and a little carelessness may lead to tragedy.
  • auxiliary devices such as Driver Assisted Driving System (ADAS), which can be activated by the turn signal lever to trigger the active lane changing function.
  • ADAS Driver Assisted Driving System
  • this function still requires the driver to concentrate on the initial selection of the lane-changing gap (lane-changing gap) for lane-changing and interposing vehicles, and then performing lane-changing and interleaving for the selected lane-changing gap according to road conditions.
  • the default is The nearest lane-changing gap in the adjacent lane of the own vehicle is used for lane-changing to insert the vehicle. Therefore, at present, the following problems still exist in the choice of the vehicle’s active lane-changing gap: the choice of the lane-changing gap still requires the driver to make the choice independently. If the next section of the road is still selected for plug-in and lane-changing by default, the safety will not be better met. need.
  • the default is the nearest lane-changing gap on the adjacent lane of the vehicle to be used for lane-changing and inserting the vehicle, which can easily cause traffic accidents.
  • the lane-changing Gap needs to be selected for lane-changing and inserting vehicles according to road conditions, many calibration parameters are required, and the post-calibration processing is large, and the best lane-changing opportunity is easily missed; and this method requires high traffic flow stability.
  • the vehicle in the target lane needs to be in a stable state for a long time during the driving process to prevent safety accidents.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle lane changing method and related equipment, which can automatically, accurately and efficiently select the lane changing gap when the driver is driving the vehicle to change lanes and insert the vehicle.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for changing lanes of a vehicle, including:
  • the Gap attributes include the Gap length of the corresponding lane-changing Gap, the distance between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, and the corresponding lane-changing Gap.
  • the first The vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1; according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed, from the Gap template set Obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed, and each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates includes a preset lane-changing Gap and preset Gap attributes, and the preset Gap attributes are all The Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane changing Gap, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1; the target lane changing Gap and the target lane changing Gap are obtained from the N lane changing Gap and the M lane changing Gap templates Template, wherein the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap has the highest similarity with the preset Ga
  • the vehicle when the vehicle changes from the current lane to the target lane, the vehicle can actively select the appropriate insertion gap Gap (that is, the lane change gap) in the target lane, and change lanes through the insertion gap.
  • the target lane ensures the active selection of the road section where the vehicle is about to change lanes during the lane change process of the target vehicle, which can better meet the driving needs of the target vehicle and avoid the default selection of the nearest lane change gap to the target vehicle. There is no guarantee that the target vehicle can change lanes safely and comfortably.
  • the preset Gap attributes corresponding to multiple lane-changing gap templates are compared with the Gap attributes corresponding to multiple lane-changing gaps, and the pair with the highest similarity is selected as the target lane-changing gap.
  • Template and target lane-changing Gap so that the target vehicle can pass the target lane-changing Gap template to safely and efficiently insert the vehicle to the target lane-changing Gap.
  • the target vehicle can select the front or rear lane change gap according to the lane change gap template to realize the acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle and merge into the target lane to ensure that the target vehicle can safely change lanes on the road without overspeeding or The collision caused a safety accident and improved the driving safety of the vehicle.
  • the lane-changing Gap with the highest similarity among the existing lane-changing Gap templates is selected from multiple lane-changing Gaps.
  • the lane-changing gap for the target vehicle can ensure that the vehicle does not need to detect the driving state of the vehicle in the target lane for a long time during the lane-changing process. It only needs to determine multiple lane-changing gaps and directly compare the lane-changing gap template to determine multiple lane-changes.
  • the target lane-changing Gap in the Gap reduces the driving parameters of a large number of calibrated vehicles during the lane-changing process, and improves the efficiency of the target vehicle in selecting the lane-changing Gap.
  • the most suitable lane-changing Gap template (target lane-changing Gap template) is selected from multiple lane-changing Gap templates.
  • This lane-changing Gap template can make the vehicle have more suitable and refined Under the premise of advanced driving information (such as preset Gap attributes), passengers have a higher comfort and smooth ride experience.
  • the target vehicle can have a more precise adjustment range when adjusting the speed of the vehicle during the lane change process according to the preset Gap attributes.
  • the acquiring the target lane changing gap and the target lane changing gap template from the N lane changing gaps and the M lane changing gap templates includes: calculating the N lane changing gaps The similarity between the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap in the Gap and the preset Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates; after sorting the similarities, the pair with the highest similarity is obtained
  • the lane change Gap and lane change Gap templates are the target lane change Gap and the target lane change Gap template.
  • the preset Gap attributes corresponding to the M lane-changing Gap templates are compared with the Gap attributes corresponding to the N lane-changing Gaps.
  • the Gap attribute corresponding to the lane-changing Gap is proved
  • the pair of lane-changing Gap templates and lane-changing Gaps with the highest similarity are determined as the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template respectively, which is conducive to the accuracy of the target vehicle based on the existing lane-changing Gap template. Efficiently choose a safer and more comfortable lane-changing Gap for lane-changing driving.
  • each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set after obtaining M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set, It also includes: according to the current speed, respectively determining the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane change Gap template of the M lane change Gap templates; and calculating each lane change of the N lane change Gap templates
  • the similarity between the Gap attributes of the Gap and the preset Gap attributes of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates includes: according to the target vehicle and each of the M lane-changing Gap templates
  • the matching probability of the lane-changing Gap template is calculated based on the standardized Euclidean distance evaluation method to calculate the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap in the N lane-changing Gap and the prediction of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates.
  • each lane-changing gap template matches each of the M lane-changing gap templates at the current speed of the target vehicle. For example, the probability that the target vehicle at 21.5km/h matches the lane-change Gap template corresponding to 20km/h-22km/h is greater than the probability that the lane-change Gap template corresponding to 21km/h-24km/h matches. Then calculate the similarity with each template according to the matching probability, which is beneficial to the target vehicle to more accurately screen out the target lane-changing gap, so as to make lane-changing driving safer and more comfortable.
  • the target lane-changing Gap template further includes a preset lane-changing trajectory;
  • the controlling the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane-changing Gap through the target lane-changing Gap template includes : Determine the lane change time and lane change trajectory of the target vehicle according to the Gap attribute of the target lane change Gap and the preset lane change trajectory; control the lane change time and lane change trajectory of the target vehicle according to the lane change time and the lane change trajectory The target vehicle changes lanes from the current lane to the target lane change Gap.
  • the target vehicle can determine the specific lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle according to the Gap attribute and the preset lane-changing trajectory, so that the target The vehicle changes lanes accurately and efficiently.
  • the Gap template set sent by the service device is received and saved.
  • the Gap template set directly obtained can be used to directly filter out M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed of the target vehicle, and then the target lane-changing Gap template can be determined through the M lane-changing Gap templates. It can further improve the efficiency of vehicles actively selecting target lane-changing gaps in autonomous driving, and enhance the user's riding experience.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle lane changing method, including:
  • each lane-changing gap template of the M lane-changing gap templates includes a preset lane-changing gap and a preset gap attribute, the preset gap attribute Is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, and the Gap attribute includes the Gap length corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, the distance between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, and the corresponding preset One or more of the speed difference between the lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the distance between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle
  • the first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the lane-changing vehicle is currently located
  • the target vehicle may select the Gap template set from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed. Obtain M lane-changing Gap templates that match the current speed of the target vehicle, and then determine the target lane-changing Gap template through the M lane-changing Gap templates, which can further improve the comfort and stability of vehicle traffic in automatic driving , Enhance the user's ride experience.
  • the vehicle when the vehicle actively selects the target lane-changing gap, it compares the preset Gap attributes corresponding to multiple lane-changing gap templates with the Gap attributes corresponding to multiple lane-changing gaps, and then selects the pair with the highest similarity as the target.
  • the lane-changing Gap template and the target lane-changing Gap so that the target vehicle can pass the target lane-changing Gap template to safely and efficiently insert the vehicle to the target lane-changing Gap.
  • the vehicle does not need to detect the driving state of the vehicle in the target lane for a long time during the lane change process. It only needs to determine multiple lane change gaps, and directly compare the lane change gap template to determine the target lane change gap among multiple lane change gaps. , It reduces the driving parameters of a large number of calibration vehicles during the lane change process, and improves the efficiency of the target vehicle in selecting the lane change gap.
  • the method before sending the Gap template set to the target vehicle, the method further includes: acquiring a plurality of lane-changing sample data, wherein each lane-changing sample data corresponds to a vehicle speed, and each The lane change sample data includes the sample lane change Gap and the sample Gap attribute, the sample Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the sample lane change Gap; according to the size of the vehicle speed corresponding to each lane change sample data, the The multiple lane changing sample data are respectively divided into multiple data sets of different speed sections, wherein the data sets of each speed section in the multiple data sets of different speed sections are the same as the data sets of two adjacent speed sections.
  • intersection calculate the average value of sample Gap attributes corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed section, and obtain the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section;
  • the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of the speed segment is obtained, and the Gap template set corresponding to the multiple lane-changing sample data and the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed are obtained.
  • the target vehicle after sending the Gap template set to the target vehicle, the target vehicle can obtain multiple lane change sample data and then determine the Gap template set, which can better enable the target vehicle to determine a more suitable set during the subsequent lane change process.
  • a collection of Gap templates for self-cars when the vehicle lane changing device determines the lane changing Gap template corresponding to each speed segment in the Gap template set, it can first count the sample Gap attributes contained in all lane changing sample data corresponding to each speed segment, and according to the speed range The sample Gap attribute determines the preset lane change information within the speed range. Based on more sample data of lane changing, statistically calculate the Gap attributes of the lane changing Gap, and give the coarse-grained preset Gap attributes of the passing vehicles under different speed ranges, which further improves the comfort of the vehicle changing lanes in automatic driving. The flexibility and stability have improved the user’s ride experience.
  • the three sigma criterion is to assume that a set of test data contains only random errors, and calculate and process them to obtain the standard deviation, and determine an interval with a certain probability. It is considered that any error that exceeds this interval is not random.
  • the error is a gross error, and the data containing the error should be eliminated. Therefore, by deleting the sample road data that does not meet the three sigma criterion in each data set in the multiple data sets of different speed segments, each data can be obtained.
  • the collection of corresponding Gap templates for lane changing more accurately helps the target vehicle to accurately and efficiently select a safer and more comfortable lane changing Gap when changing lanes.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle lane changing device, including:
  • the first acquiring unit is used to acquire the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps on the target lane, and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap, where the target lane is the target vehicle to which the target vehicle will change lanes.
  • Lane the lane-changing Gap is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane, and the Gap attribute includes the Gap length of the corresponding lane-changing Gap, and the distance between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle Or Multiple
  • the first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the template unit is used to obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed.
  • Each lane change Gap template in the lane change Gap template includes a preset lane change Gap and a preset Gap attribute, the preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane change Gap, where M is greater than or equal to 1 Integer
  • the second acquiring unit is configured to acquire a target lane-changing Gap and a target lane-changing Gap template from the N lane-changing Gap and the M lane-changing Gap templates, wherein the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap is the same as The preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane change Gap template has the highest similarity;
  • the control unit is configured to control the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane change Gap according to the target lane change Gap template.
  • the second acquiring unit is specifically configured to: calculate the Gap attribute of each lane-changing gap in the N lane-changing gaps and each lane-changing gap template in the M lane-changing gaps.
  • the similarity between the preset Gap attributes of the lane Gap template; after sorting the similarities, the pair of lane-changing Gap and lane-changing Gap templates with the highest similarity are obtained as the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template .
  • the device further includes: a first calculation unit, configured to obtain the data from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template and the vehicle speed in the Gap template set. After the M lane-changing Gap templates matched by the current speed, determine the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates according to the current speed; the second acquisition The unit is further specifically configured to: calculate each of the N lane-changing gaps based on the standardized Euclidean distance evaluation method based on the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane-changing gap template of the M lane-changing gap templates The similarity between the Gap attribute of the lane-changing Gap and the preset Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates.
  • the target lane-changing Gap template further includes a preset lane-changing trajectory;
  • the control unit is specifically configured to according to the Gap attribute of the target lane-changing Gap and the preset lane-changing trajectory , Determining the lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle; controlling the target vehicle to change lanes from the current lane to the target lane-changing Gap according to the lane-changing time and the lane-changing trajectory.
  • the apparatus further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive and save the set of Gap templates sent by the service device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle lane changing device, including:
  • the sending unit is configured to send a set of Gap templates to a target vehicle, where the set of Gap templates is used by the target vehicle according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the set of Gap templates and the vehicle speed, from the Obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed of the target vehicle from the Gap template set.
  • Each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates includes preset lane-changing gaps and preset Gap attributes, so
  • the preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, and the Gap attribute includes the Gap length corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, the distance between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, The speed difference between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the distance between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle
  • the first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the lane-changing vehicle is currently located, and the target vehicle belongs to the lane-changing vehicle, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the M lane-changing Gap templates are used for the target vehicle to obtain the target lane-changing Gap template and the target lane-changing Gap from the M lane-changing Gap templates and the N lane-changing Gaps in the target lane, wherein the The preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap template has the highest similarity with the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap.
  • the target lane is the lane to which the target vehicle will change lanes
  • the lane-changing Gap is the The gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane.
  • the device further includes: a third acquiring unit, configured to acquire multiple lane-changing sample data before sending the Gap template set to the target vehicle, wherein each lane-changing sample data is associated with one Corresponding to the vehicle speed, each lane change sample data includes a sample lane change Gap and a sample Gap attribute, the sample Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the sample lane change Gap;
  • the size of the vehicle speed corresponding to the lane sample data, the multiple lane-changing sample data are respectively divided into multiple data sets of different speed segments, wherein the data of each speed segment in the multiple data sets of different speed segments
  • the set has an intersection with the data sets of two adjacent speed sections;
  • the second calculation unit is used to calculate the average value of the sample Gap attribute corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed section, Obtain the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section;
  • the fourth obtaining unit is configured to obtain the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to
  • the device further includes: a deleting unit configured to divide the multiple lane change sample data into multiple lane change sample data according to the magnitude of the vehicle speed corresponding to each lane change sample data. After the data sets of different speed sections are deleted, the sample lane change gap corresponding to one or more lane change sample data contained in each data set of the multiple different speed section data sets and the sample gap attributes do not satisfy the three requirements. Lane change sample data based on Sigma 3sigma criterion.
  • an intelligent vehicle is characterized by comprising a processor, a memory, and a communication interface, wherein the memory is used to store information sending program code, and the processor is used to call the vehicle driving control program code to execute The method described in the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a service device, the service device includes a processor, and the processor is configured to support the service device to implement corresponding functions in the vehicle driving control method provided in the second aspect.
  • the service device may also include a memory, which is used for coupling with the processor, and stores the necessary program instructions and data of the service device.
  • the service device may also include a communication interface for the service device to communicate with other devices or a communication network.
  • the present application provides a chip system that includes a processor for supporting the service device to implement the functions involved in the above-mentioned first aspect, for example, generating or processing the vehicle lane changing method in the above-mentioned first aspect The information involved.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store program instructions and data necessary for the data sending device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application provides a chip system that includes a processor for supporting a service device to implement the functions involved in the second aspect, for example, generating or processing the vehicle lane change method in the second aspect The information involved.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store program instructions and data necessary for the data sending device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or include chips and other discrete devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions used for the vehicle driving control device provided in the above-mentioned first aspect, which includes instructions for executing the design in the above-mentioned first aspect program of.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions used in a service device provided in the above second aspect, which includes instructions for executing the design in the above second aspect program.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, the computer program including instructions, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the process executed by the vehicle lane changing device in the first aspect.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program, the computer program including instructions, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the process executed by the service device in the second aspect.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a vehicle driving control system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 1B is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle driving control system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2A is a functional block diagram of a smart vehicle 002 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2B is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2C is a functional block diagram of another smart vehicle 002 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2D is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3A is a schematic flowchart of a vehicle lane changing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a service device monitors a certain road section according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3C is a schematic diagram of a process for screening sample lane change data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3D is a schematic flowchart of a data set for dividing different speed segments based on vehicle speed according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3E is a schematic diagram of a data set that divides different speed segments based on vehicle speed according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3F is a schematic diagram of a data set of different speed segments after screening provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3G is a schematic diagram of a process for acquiring N lane-changing gaps on a target lane according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3H is a schematic diagram of Gap attributes of a lane-changing Gap provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3I is a schematic diagram of a vehicle-mounted screen for controlling a target vehicle to change lanes from a current lane to a target lane-changing Gap in an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3J is a schematic diagram of a scene that is applied to the vehicle lane changing to the target lane changing Gap of FIG. 3I according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4A is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4B is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5A is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5B is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • component used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution.
  • the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor.
  • the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed among two or more computers.
  • these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • the component may be based on, for example, data having one or more data packets (for example, data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, for example, the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Signals are communicated through local and/or remote processes.
  • data packets for example, data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, for example, the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals
  • Signals are communicated through local and/or remote processes.
  • ECU Electronic Control Unit
  • the function of the electronic control unit is to calculate, process, and judge the information input by the air flow meter and various sensors according to the programs and data in its memory, and then output instructions to provide a certain width of electrical pulse signal to the fuel injector to control fuel injection quantity.
  • the electronic control unit is composed of a microcomputer, input, output and control circuits.
  • the world coordinate system is the absolute coordinate system of the system. Before the user coordinate system is established, the coordinates of all points on the screen are determined by the origin of the coordinate system.
  • the Ackerman principle The basic point of the Ackerman principle is: when a car is driving (straight driving and turning), the trajectory of each wheel must fully conform to its natural trajectory, so as to ensure that the tires and The ground is in pure rolling without slipping.
  • Three sigma (3sigma) criterion also known as Laida criterion, is to first assume that a set of test data contains only random errors, calculate and process them to obtain the standard deviation, and determine an interval according to a certain probability. The error in this interval is not a random error but a gross error, and the data containing this error should be eliminated.
  • Road Side Unit which can be composed of a high-gain directional beam control read-write antenna and a radio frequency controller.
  • the high-gain directional beam control read-write antenna is a microwave transceiver module, responsible for signal and data transmission/reception, modulation/demodulation, encoding/decoding, encryption/decryption; the radio frequency controller controls the transmission and reception of data and processes the upper computer Module for sending and receiving information.
  • (6) && can be used as a logical AND operator, which means logical and (and).
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle driving control system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the architecture of the vehicle driving control system in this application may include the service device 001 and the smart vehicle 002 in FIG. 1A, where the service device 001 and the smart vehicle 002 can communicate through the network, so that the service device 001 monitors that the smart vehicle 002 changes from the current lane. Road to the target lane.
  • FIG. 1B which is a schematic diagram of the architecture of another vehicle driving control system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the service device 001 can simultaneously monitor multiple smart vehicles 002 in the coverage area of the service device 001.
  • the service equipment 001 can be installed on the roadside, using dedicated short-range communication technology (Dedicated Short Range Communication, DSRC) to communicate with the onboard unit (OBU, On Board Unit) to realize vehicle identification, speed detection, etc.
  • the service device; the service device 001 can also be used to quickly acquire, process, analyze, and extract data, based on interactive data, to bring various conveniences to third parties.
  • the service device 001 can send a collection of Gap templates to the target vehicle, and can also provide the target vehicle with a road distribution map around the target vehicle.
  • the road distribution map can include high-precision coordinates of the road distribution, as well as accurate road shapes.
  • the slope, curvature, heading, elevation, roll and other data of each lane can also include the vehicle data in each lane.
  • the lane line between each lane and the lane provided by the road distribution map is a dashed line, a solid line or a double yellow line, the color of the line, the isolation zone of the road, the material of the isolation zone and even the arrow and text on the road The content and location will be described.
  • the intelligent vehicle 002 is a car that senses the road environment through the on-board sensor system, automatically plans the driving route and controls the vehicle to reach the predetermined target. Smart cars focus on the use of technologies such as computers, modern sensing, information fusion, communications, artificial intelligence, and automatic control. It is a high-tech complex integrating environmental perception, planning and decision-making, and multi-level assisted driving. Among them, the intelligent vehicle in this application may be a vehicle that mainly relies on a computer system-based intelligent driver in the vehicle to automatically change lanes, it may be an intelligent vehicle with an assisted driving system or a fully automatic driving system, or it may be Wheeled mobile robots, etc.
  • the electronic control unit in the smart vehicle can receive the Gap template set sent by the service device 001, and can also obtain the current speed of the target vehicle and the N number of lane changes on the target lane Gap and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing Gap, where the target lane is the lane to which the target vehicle will change lanes, and the lane-changing Gap is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane
  • the Gap attribute includes the Gap length of the corresponding lane-changing Gap, the distance between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, the speed difference between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, and the target vehicle.
  • N is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • M is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • Each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates includes a preset lane-changing Gap and a preset Gap attribute, the preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, where M is An integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template are obtained from the N lane-changing Gap and the M lane-changing Gap templates, wherein the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap is the same as The preset Gap attribute similarity corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap
  • vehicle travel control system architecture in FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B is only an exemplary implementation in the embodiment of the present application, and the vehicle travel control system architecture in the embodiment of the present application includes but is not limited to the above vehicle travel Control system architecture.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a smart vehicle 002 applied to the foregoing vehicle travel control system architecture.
  • the smart vehicle 002 can be configured in a fully or partially autonomous driving mode.
  • the smart vehicle 002 can control itself while in the automatic driving mode, and can determine the current state of the vehicle and its surrounding environment through human operation, determine the possible behavior of at least one other vehicle in the surrounding environment, and determine the other
  • the confidence level corresponding to the likelihood of the vehicle performing possible behaviors is used to control the smart vehicle 002 based on the determined information.
  • the smart vehicle 002 can be set to operate without human interaction.
  • the smart vehicle 002 may include various subsystems, such as a travel system 202, a sensor system 204, a control system 206, one or more peripheral devices 208 and a power supply 210, a computer system 212, and a user interface 216.
  • the smart vehicle 002 may include more or fewer subsystems, and each subsystem may include multiple elements.
  • each of the subsystems and components of the smart vehicle 002 can be wired or wirelessly interconnected.
  • the travel system 202 may include components that provide power to the smart vehicle 002.
  • the travel system 202 may include an engine 218, an energy source 219, a transmission 220, and wheels/tires 221.
  • the engine 218 may be an internal combustion engine, an electric motor, an air compression engine, or a combination of other types of engines, such as a hybrid engine composed of a gas oil engine and an electric motor, or a hybrid engine composed of an internal combustion engine and an air compression engine.
  • the engine 218 converts the energy source 219 into mechanical energy.
  • Examples of energy sources 219 include gasoline, diesel, other petroleum-based fuels, propane, other compressed gas-based fuels, ethanol, solar panels, batteries, and other sources of electricity.
  • the energy source 219 can also provide energy for other systems of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the transmission 220 can transmit the mechanical power from the engine 218 to the wheels 221.
  • the transmission 220 may include a gearbox, a differential, and a drive shaft.
  • the transmission device 220 may also include other devices, such as a clutch.
  • the drive shaft may include one or more shafts that can be coupled to one or more wheels 221.
  • the sensor system 204 may include several sensors that sense information about the environment around the smart vehicle 002.
  • the sensor system 204 may include a positioning system 222 (the positioning system may be a GPS system, a Beidou system or other positioning systems), an inertial measurement unit (IMU) 224, a radar 226, a laser rangefinder 228, and Camera 230.
  • the sensor system 204 may also include sensors of the internal system of the smart vehicle 002 to be monitored (for example, an in-vehicle air quality monitor, a fuel gauge, an oil temperature gauge, etc.). Sensor data from one or more of these sensors can be used to detect objects and their corresponding characteristics (position, shape, direction, speed, etc.). Such detection and identification are the key functions for the safe operation of the autonomous intelligent vehicle 002.
  • the positioning system 222 can be used to estimate the geographic location of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the IMU 224 is used to sense the position and orientation changes of the smart vehicle 002 based on inertial acceleration.
  • the IMU 224 may be a combination of an accelerometer and a gyroscope.
  • IMU 224 can be used to measure the curvature of smart vehicle 002.
  • the radar 226 can use radio signals to sense objects in the surrounding environment of the smart vehicle 002. In some embodiments, in addition to sensing the object, the radar 226 may also be used to sense the speed and/or heading direction of the object.
  • the laser rangefinder 228 can use laser light to sense objects in the environment where the smart vehicle 002 is located.
  • the laser rangefinder 228 may include one or more laser sources, laser scanners, and one or more detectors, as well as other system components.
  • the camera 230 can be used to capture multiple images of the surrounding environment of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the camera 230 may be a still camera or a video camera.
  • the control system 206 controls the operation of the intelligent vehicle 002 and its components.
  • the control system 206 may include various components, including a steering system 232, a throttle 234, a braking unit 236, a sensor fusion algorithm 238, a computer vision system 240, a route control system 242, and an obstacle avoidance system 244.
  • the steering system 232 is operable to adjust the forward direction of the smart vehicle 002.
  • it may be a steering wheel system.
  • the throttle 234 is used to control the operating speed of the engine 218 and thereby control the speed of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the braking unit 236 is used to control the smart vehicle 002 to decelerate.
  • the braking unit 236 may use friction to slow down the wheels 221.
  • the braking unit 236 may convert the kinetic energy of the wheels 221 into electric current.
  • the braking unit 236 may also take other forms to slow down the rotation speed of the wheels 221 so as to control the speed of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the computer vision system 240 may be operable to process and analyze the images captured by the camera 230 in order to identify objects and/or features in the surrounding environment of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the objects and/or features may include traffic signals, road boundaries and obstacles.
  • the computer vision system 240 may use object recognition algorithms, Structure from Motion (SFM) algorithms, video tracking, and other computer vision technologies.
  • SFM Structure from Motion
  • the computer vision system 240 may be used to map the environment, track objects, estimate the speed of objects, and so on.
  • the route control system 242 is used to determine the driving route of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the route control system 242 may combine data from the sensor 238, the GPS 222, and one or more predetermined maps to determine the driving route for the smart vehicle 002.
  • the obstacle avoidance system 244 is used to identify, evaluate and avoid or otherwise cross over potential obstacles in the environment of the smart vehicle 002.
  • control system 206 may additionally or alternatively include components other than those shown and described. Alternatively, a part of the components shown above may be reduced.
  • the smart vehicle 002 interacts with external sensors, other vehicles, other computer systems, or users through peripheral devices 208.
  • the peripheral device 208 may include a wireless communication system 246, an onboard computer 248, a microphone 250, and/or a speaker 252.
  • the peripheral device 208 provides a means for the user of the smart vehicle 002 to interact with the user interface 216.
  • the onboard computer 248 can provide information to the user of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the user interface 216 can also operate the onboard computer 248 to receive user input.
  • the on-board computer 248 can be operated via a touch screen.
  • the peripheral device 208 may provide a means for the smart vehicle 002 to communicate with other devices located in the vehicle.
  • the microphone 250 may receive audio (eg, voice commands or other audio input) from the user of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the speaker 252 may output audio to the user of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the wireless communication system 246 may wirelessly communicate with one or more devices directly or via a communication network.
  • the wireless communication system 246 may use 3G cellular communication, such as CDMA, EVDO, GSM/GPRS, or 4G cellular communication, such as LTE. Or 5G cellular communication.
  • the wireless communication system 246 may use WiFi to communicate with a wireless local area network (WLAN).
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the wireless communication system 246 may directly communicate with the device using an infrared link, Bluetooth, or ZigBee.
  • Other wireless protocols such as: various vehicle communication systems.
  • the wireless communication system 246 may include one or more dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) devices, which may include vehicles and/or roadside stations. Public and/or private data communication between.
  • DSRC dedicated short-range communications
  • the power supply 210 can provide power to various components of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the power source 210 may be a rechargeable lithium ion or lead-acid battery.
  • One or more battery packs of such batteries can be configured as a power source to provide power to various components of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the power source 210 and the energy source 219 may be implemented together, such as in some all-electric vehicles.
  • the computer system 212 may include at least one processor 213 that executes instructions 215 stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium such as a data storage device 214.
  • the computer system 212 may also be multiple computing devices that control individual components or subsystems of the smart vehicle 002 in a distributed manner.
  • the processor 213 may be any conventional processor, such as a commercially available CPU. Alternatively, the processor may be a dedicated device such as an ASIC or other hardware-based processor.
  • FIG. 2A functionally illustrates the processor, memory, and other elements of the computer 120 in the same block, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that the processor, computer, or memory may actually include Multiple processors, computers, or memories stored in the same physical enclosure.
  • the memory may be a hard disk drive or other storage medium located in a housing other than the computer 120. Therefore, a reference to a processor or computer will be understood to include a reference to a collection of processors or computers or memories that may or may not operate in parallel. Rather than using a single processor to perform the steps described here, some components such as steering components and deceleration components may each have its own processor that only performs calculations related to component-specific functions .
  • the processor may be located away from the vehicle and wirelessly communicate with the vehicle.
  • some of the processes described herein are executed on a processor disposed in the vehicle and others are executed by a remote processor, including taking the necessary steps to perform a single manipulation.
  • the data storage device 214 may include instructions 215 (eg, program logic), which may be executed by the processor 213 to perform various functions of the smart vehicle 002, including those described above.
  • the data storage device 224 may also contain additional instructions, including sending data to, receiving data from, interacting with, and/or performing data on one or more of the propulsion system 202, the sensor system 204, the control system 206, and the peripheral device 208. Control instructions.
  • the data storage device 214 may also store data, such as road maps, route information, the location, direction, and speed of the vehicle, and other such vehicle data, as well as other information.
  • data such as road maps, route information, the location, direction, and speed of the vehicle, and other such vehicle data, as well as other information.
  • Such information may be used by the smart vehicle 002 and the computer system 212 during operation of the smart vehicle 002 in autonomous, semi-autonomous, and/or manual modes. For example: according to the Gap attributes corresponding to each of the N lane changing Gaps and the preset Gap attributes corresponding to each lane changing Gap template of the M lane changing Gap templates, the target lane changing Gap template and target are determined Change lanes Gap to enable smart vehicles to change lanes efficiently and safely.
  • the user interface 216 is used to provide information to or receive information from the user of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the user interface 216 may include one or more input/output devices in the set of peripheral devices 208, such as a wireless communication system 246, an in-vehicle computer 248, a microphone 250, and a speaker 252.
  • the computer system 212 may control the functions of the smart vehicle 002 based on inputs received from various subsystems (eg, the travel system 202, the sensor system 204, and the control system 206) and from the user interface 216.
  • the computer system 212 may utilize input from the control system 206 in order to control the steering unit 232 to avoid obstacles detected by the sensor system 204 and the obstacle avoidance system 244.
  • the computer system 212 is operable to provide control of many aspects of the smart vehicle 002 and its subsystems.
  • one or more of the above-mentioned components may be installed or associated with the smart vehicle 002 separately.
  • the data storage device 214 may exist partially or completely separately from the smart vehicle 002.
  • the above-mentioned components may be communicatively coupled together in a wired and/or wireless manner.
  • FIG. 2A should not be construed as a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
  • a self-driving car traveling on the road can recognize objects in its surrounding environment to determine the current speed adjustment.
  • the object may be other vehicles, traffic control equipment, or other types of objects.
  • each recognized object can be considered independently, and based on the respective characteristics of the object, such as its current speed, acceleration, distance from the vehicle, etc., can be used to determine the speed to be adjusted by the self-driving car.
  • the self-driving car smart vehicle 002 or the computing device associated with the self-driving smart vehicle 002 may be based on the characteristics of the recognized object and The state of the surrounding environment (for example, traffic, rain, ice on the road, etc.) predicts the behavior of the identified object.
  • the state of the surrounding environment for example, traffic, rain, ice on the road, etc.
  • each recognized object depends on each other's behavior, so all recognized objects can also be considered together to predict the behavior of a single recognized object.
  • the smart vehicle 002 can adjust its speed based on the predicted behavior of the identified object.
  • an autonomous vehicle can determine what stable state the vehicle will need to adjust to (for example, accelerate, decelerate, or stop) based on the predicted behavior of the object.
  • other factors may also be considered to determine the speed of the smart vehicle 002, such as the lateral position of the smart vehicle 002 on the road, the curvature of the road, the proximity of static and dynamic objects, and so on.
  • the computing device can also provide instructions to modify the steering angle of the smart vehicle 002 so that the self-driving car follows a given trajectory and/or maintains an object near the self-driving car ( For example, the safe horizontal and vertical distances of cars in adjacent lanes on the road.
  • the above-mentioned smart vehicle 002 can be a car, truck, motorcycle, bus, boat, airplane, helicopter, lawn mower, recreational vehicle, playground vehicle, construction equipment, tram, golf cart, train, and trolley, etc.,
  • the embodiments of this application do not make any special limitations.
  • the functional diagram of the smart vehicle in FIG. 2A is only an exemplary implementation in the embodiment of the present application, and the smart vehicle in the embodiment of the present application includes but is not limited to the above structure.
  • Figure 2B is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 203 is coupled with the system bus 205.
  • the processor 203 may be one or more processors, where each processor may include one or more processor cores.
  • the memory 235 can store related data information, and the memory 235 is coupled to the system bus 205.
  • a display adapter (video adapter) 207, the display adapter can drive the display 209, and the display 209 is coupled to the system bus 205.
  • the system bus 205 is coupled with an input/output (I/O) bus 213 through a bus bridge 201.
  • the I/O interface 215 is coupled to the I/O bus.
  • the I/O interface 215 communicates with various I/O devices, such as an input device 217 (such as a keyboard, a mouse, a touch screen, etc.), a media tray 221 (such as a CD-ROM, a multimedia interface, etc.).
  • Transceiver 223 can send and/or receive radio communication signals
  • camera 255 can capture scene and dynamic digital video images
  • external USB interface 225 external USB interface 225.
  • the interface connected to the I/O interface 215 may be a USB interface.
  • the processor 203 may be any conventional processor, including a reduced instruction set computing ("RISC”) processor, a complex instruction set computing (“CISC”) processor, or a combination of the foregoing.
  • the processor may be a dedicated device such as an application specific integrated circuit (“ASIC").
  • the processor 203 may be a neural network processor or a combination of a neural network processor and the foregoing traditional processors.
  • the processor 203 may determine the target lane change according to the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing Gap of the N lane-changing gaps and the preset Gap attributes corresponding to each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates.
  • the Gap template and the target lane-changing Gap calculate the appropriate refined lane-changing data (ie, lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory) of the smart vehicle 002.
  • the computer system 212 may be located far away from the autonomous driving vehicle, and may perform wireless communication with the autonomous driving vehicle.
  • some of the processes described herein are executed on a processor provided in an autonomous vehicle, and others are executed by a remote processor, including taking actions required to perform a single manipulation.
  • the computer system 212 can communicate with the software deployment server 249 through the network interface 229.
  • the network interface 229 is a hardware network interface, such as a network card.
  • the network 227 may be an external network, such as the Internet, or an internal network, such as an Ethernet or a virtual private network (VPN).
  • the network 227 may also be a wireless network, such as a WiFi network, a cellular network, and so on.
  • the transceiver 223 (which can send and/or receive radio communication signals) can pass various wireless communication methods such as not limited to the second generation mobile networks (2G), 3G, 4G, and 5G, or DSRC Technology, or Long Term Evolution-Vehicle (LTE-V), etc. Its main function is to receive information and data sent by external equipment, and send the information and data back to the external equipment when the vehicle is driving on the target road section Perform storage analysis.
  • 2G second generation mobile networks
  • 3G, 4G, and 5G or DSRC Technology
  • LTE-V Long Term Evolution-Vehicle
  • the hard disk drive interface 231 is coupled to the system bus 205.
  • the hardware drive interface 231 and the hard disk drive 233 are connected.
  • the system memory 235 is coupled to the system bus 205.
  • the data running in the system memory 235 may include the operating system 237 and application programs 243 of the computer system 212.
  • the memory 235 is coupled to the system bus 205.
  • the memory 235 in the present application may be used to store the driving information of vehicles on the target road section in the memory in a certain format.
  • the operating system includes Shell 239 and kernel 241.
  • Shell 239 is an interface between the user and the kernel of the operating system.
  • the shell is the outermost layer of the operating system. The shell manages the interaction between the user and the operating system: waiting for the user's input; interpreting the user's input to the operating system; and processing the output of various operating systems.
  • the kernel 241 is composed of those parts of the operating system that are used to manage memory, files, peripherals, and system resources. Directly interact with the hardware.
  • the operating system kernel usually runs processes and provides inter-process communication, providing CPU time slice management, interrupts, memory management, IO management, and so on.
  • Application programs 243 include programs that control auto-driving cars, such as programs that manage the interaction between autonomous vehicles and obstacles on the road, programs that control the route or speed of autonomous vehicles, and programs that control interaction between autonomous vehicles and other autonomous vehicles on the road. .
  • the application 243 also exists on the deploying server 249 system.
  • the computer system 212 may download the application 243 from the deploying server 249.
  • the application 243 can determine the lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the intelligent vehicle according to the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template, and convert it into a dynamic model of vehicle engineering, such as a bicycle model or Ackerman model. Control the vehicle's line control command, that is, convert speed information and curvature information into accelerator pedal opening, and the angular speed information of the steering wheel controls the vehicle to change lanes from the current lane to the target lane change gap.
  • the sensor 253 is associated with the computer system 212.
  • the sensor 253 is used to detect the environment around the computer system 212.
  • the sensor 253 can detect animals, cars, obstacles, and crosswalks.
  • the sensor can also detect the surrounding environment of the above-mentioned animals, cars, obstacles, and crosswalks, such as: the environment around the animals, for example, when the animals appear around them. Other animals, weather conditions, the brightness of the surrounding environment, etc.
  • the sensor may be a camera, an infrared sensor, a chemical detector, a microphone, etc.
  • FIG. 2C is a functional block diagram of another smart vehicle 002 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the functional block diagram of the smart vehicle 002 as shown in FIG. 2C mainly includes a sensor system 0021, a central computer system 0022, and a controller system 0023. in,
  • the sensor system 0021 is equivalent to the sensor system 204 shown in FIG. 2A, and is mainly used to load relevant data collected by related equipment such as monocular/binocular cameras, lidar/millimeter wave radar, GPS positioning, etc., to obtain environmental information, including vehicles Information (e.g., vehicle speed, vehicle location, vehicle distance, etc. on the target lane), road structure information, and vehicle status information (e.g., vehicle speed, vehicle location, etc.) of the vehicle.
  • vehicles Information e.g., vehicle speed, vehicle location, vehicle distance, etc. on the target lane
  • road structure information e.g., road structure information
  • vehicle status information e.g., vehicle speed, vehicle location, etc.
  • the sensor system 0021 is responsible for the acquisition of camera data, radar data, high-precision positioning data and chassis information, which will not be repeated here.
  • the central computer system 0022 is equivalent to the computer system 212 shown in FIG. 2A, and includes: a perception fusion module, a prediction module, a decision-making module, a planning module, and a control module.
  • the perception fusion module is mainly responsible for the recognition of lane lines, pedestrians, vehicles or other obstacles, etc.
  • the prediction module is mainly responsible for predicting the behavioral intention and future behavior of vehicles or obstacles around the target vehicle based on the obstacle information given by the perception fusion.
  • the decision-making module is mainly responsible for horizontal behavior decision-making and vertical behavior decision-making based on the behavior intention and trajectory of obstacles around the self-vehicle, combined with the motion state of the self-vehicle, this application
  • the active lane change Gap selection involved belongs to this module;
  • the planning module is responsible for horizontal trajectory planning and longitudinal speed planning based on the obstacle information around the vehicle and the results of the decision module;
  • the control module outputs control actuators based on the results of the planning module instruction. Therefore, the related description of each function in the central computer system 0022 may refer to the related description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2A and the related description of the following embodiment shown in FIG. 3A, which will not be repeated here.
  • the controller system 0023 is equivalent to the control system 206 shown in FIG. 2A, and is responsible for controlling the steering, braking, and accelerator of the vehicle based on the results of the control module. Therefore, the related description of each function in the controller system 0023 may refer to the related description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2A and the related description of the following embodiment shown in FIG. 3A, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 2A and FIG. 2C are only two exemplary implementations in the embodiment of the present application, and the smart vehicle in the embodiment of the present application includes but is not limited to the above structure.
  • Figure 2D is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the central computer system shown is 0022,
  • the decision-making module block in the vehicle lane changing device is mainly used to solve the problem of how to select the target lane changing gap in the autonomous driving vehicle in the active lane changing scene.
  • the decision-making module receives the environmental information provided by the perception fusion module and the prediction module, including vehicle or obstacle information (eg, vehicle speed, vehicle position, vehicle distance, etc. on the target lane), road structure information, and self-vehicle State information (such as vehicle speed, vehicle position, etc.) of the self-vehicle, and then control the longitudinal and lateral behavior of the self-vehicle through longitudinal and lateral decisions.
  • vehicle or obstacle information eg, vehicle speed, vehicle position, vehicle distance, etc. on the target lane
  • road structure information e.g., road structure information
  • self-vehicle State information such as vehicle speed, vehicle position, etc.
  • the decision-making module includes a vertical decision-making module and a horizontal decision-making module.
  • the horizontal decision includes four functional modules: lane change intention, target lane selection, lane change gap selection, and lane change time.
  • Lane change intention is to decide whether the vehicle has the intention to change lanes based on the received information; target lane selection is to select the target lane based on the lane change intention and road structure information; lane change gap is to select the appropriate lane change and insert on the target lane Car clearance; lane change time decides the time to start the lane change and the time to cancel the lane change to ensure the safety of the lane change process.
  • Longitudinal decision-making is used to determine the longitudinal behavior of the vehicle, such as the acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle.
  • FIGS. 2B and 2D are only two exemplary implementations in the embodiments of the present application, and the vehicle lane changing device structure in the embodiments of the present application includes but is not limited to the above structures .
  • FIG. 3A is a schematic flowchart of a vehicle lane changing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can be applied to the vehicle lane changing system architecture shown in FIG. 1A and the intelligence provided in FIG. 2A or FIG. 2C.
  • the service device 001 shown in FIG. 1A can be used to support and execute steps S301-step S305 of the method flow shown in FIG.
  • the vehicle lane-changing device 10 can be used to support and execute steps S306 to S309 of the method flow shown in FIG. 3A.
  • Step S301 Obtain multiple lane change sample data.
  • the service device acquires multiple lane changing sample data, where each lane changing sample data corresponds to a vehicle speed, and each lane changing sample data includes the sample lane changing gap and the sample gap attribute, and the sample gap
  • the attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the sample change Gap.
  • the service device can be a roadside unit next to the lane, which is used to monitor the driving status of vehicles on a certain road segment or monitor the driving status of vehicles in all road segments in an area, and then statistically process the driving data of the vehicles to obtain the Gap template set. ; It can also be a cloud server, which is used to receive a large amount of vehicle lane change data and then statistically process the vehicle lane change data to obtain a collection of Gap templates and so on.
  • FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a service device monitors a certain road section according to an embodiment of the present application. It is understandable that, as shown in Figure 3B, a schematic diagram of a service device monitoring the vehicle to change lanes, when the service device monitors the target vehicle to change lanes (for example, when the vehicle is monitored to turn on the turn signal, the lateral displacement is When within the preset distance range), the service device can obtain the lane-changing sample data when the vehicle changes lanes, and save the lane-changing sample data, so as to obtain the Gap template set according to the multiple lane-changing sample data.
  • the sample change Gap is the lane change Gap to which the vehicle changes
  • the sample Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the lane change Gap
  • the Gap attribute includes the Gap length corresponding to the lane change Gap, the The distance between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the speed difference between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the distance between the lane-changing vehicle and the vehicle before the lane-changing vehicle, and the One or more of the speed difference between the target vehicle and the previous vehicle, where the Gap attribute can also refer to the description of step 306 below.
  • FIG. 3C is a schematic diagram of a process for screening sample lane change data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the service equipment screens out possible lane change time points and sample lane change data from the driving data within the monitoring range; then calculates the lateral displacement of vehicles near that point in time; finally judges the magnitude of the lateral displacement Whether it’s a lane change, if it is, record the data at that time point as the sample lane change data, and save the sample Gap attribute of the sample lane change data (using the information of the front and rear cars of the lane change gap selected for this lane change, etc., calculate The sample Gap attribute of the selected lane-changing Gap at the time of the lane-changing time); otherwise, the lane-changing data is discarded. It is understandable that by making a lateral displacement judgment at all time points when the turn signal signal appears, the data set related to the lane change can be obtained.
  • Step S302 According to the size of the vehicle speed corresponding to each lane change sample data, the multiple lane change sample data are respectively divided into multiple data sets of different speed segments.
  • the service device divides the multiple lane change sample data into multiple data sets of different speed segments according to the size of the vehicle speed corresponding to each lane change sample data in the multiple lane change sample data.
  • the data set of each speed section has an intersection with the data sets of two adjacent speed sections.
  • FIG. 3D is a schematic flowchart of a data set for dividing different speed segments based on vehicle speed according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the vehicle speed of multiple lane-changing sample data is divided into: v 0 , v 0 + ⁇ v with the speed difference ⁇ v as the arithmetic difference , V 0 +2 ⁇ v, v 0 +3 ⁇ v,...v 0 +n ⁇ v, where n is the number of divided data sets and also the number of corresponding Gap templates for lane change.
  • FIG. 3E is a schematic diagram of a data set that divides different speed segments based on vehicle speed according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • each lane-changing sample data of multiple lane-changing sample data whose vehicle speed is within the range of v 0 ⁇ v can be divided into a data set of the same speed section.
  • the data set contains all sample data.
  • the constructed lane change Gap template needs to cover all speeds within the speed range, so it is judged that the two adjacent data sets after screening need to have an intersection, that is, the following conditions need to be met:
  • n greater than 0. Is the average value of vehicle speed corresponding to all lane-changing sample data in the nth data set, All lane-changing sample data corresponding to the vehicle speed standard deviation in the nth data set. If the above conditions are not met, you can re-divide, reduce the speed difference ⁇ v, and continue to cycle until the above conditions are met. Satisfying this condition can divide the speed range more reasonably, so that the target vehicle can obtain the most similar change to the template, which improves the safety of the target vehicle when changing lanes.
  • each data subset can be filtered based on the 3sigma criterion. That is, the sample lane change gap corresponding to one or more lane change sample data contained in each data set in the multiple data sets of different speed segments and the lane change samples that do not meet the three sigma 3sigma criterion in the sample Gap attribute are deleted data.
  • the three sigma criterion is to assume that a set of test data contains only random errors, calculate and process them to obtain the standard deviation, and determine an interval with a certain probability. It is believed that any error exceeding this interval is not a random error but a gross error. , The data containing this error should be eliminated.
  • FIG. 3F is a schematic diagram of a data set of different speed segments after screening according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the preliminary classification and screening of each data set the vehicle speed according to the 3sigma criterion (the 3sigma criterion screening process is not repeated here)
  • the data is filtered, and a new average speed in the data set is obtained.
  • Step S303 Calculate the average value of the sample Gap attributes corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed section, and obtain the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section.
  • the service device calculates the average value of the sample Gap attributes corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data included in the data set of each speed section, and obtains the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section. Perform statistical calculations on the sample Gap attribute corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed section, and determine the preset lane-changing Gap corresponding to the data set of each speed section, and the corresponding The preset Gap attribute, wherein the preset lane-changing Gap corresponding to the data set of each speed segment is the Gap to which the lane-changing vehicle in the speed segment will change lanes, and the preset Gap attribute is the preset lane-changing Gap.
  • the Gap attribute includes the Gap length corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, the distance between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing One or more
  • the preset Gap attribute corresponding to the data set of each speed segment may include the average value or the average value and the standard deviation determined by the sample Gap attribute of one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed segment, so as to obtain The lane-changing Gap template Mn corresponding to the data set Sn of each speed segment, and the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template and the vehicle speed.
  • the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template and the vehicle speed includes the applicable speed range of the lane-changing Gap template Mn and the speed range of the data set Sn of each speed segment.
  • Step S304 Obtain the Gap template set corresponding to multiple lane-changing sample data and the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template and the vehicle speed in the Gap template set according to the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section.
  • the service device obtains the Gap template set corresponding to multiple lane-changing sample data and the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed according to the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section.
  • the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section is assembled into a Gap template set.
  • Each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set is different from The speed segment corresponds, that is, each vehicle speed has at least one lane change Gap template corresponding to it.
  • Step S305 Send a collection of Gap templates to the target vehicle
  • the service device sends a Gap template set to the target vehicle according to the Gap template set, which is used by the target vehicle to determine a target lane-changing Gap template according to the Gap template set, so as to pass the target lane-changing Gap template , Controlling the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane.
  • Step S306 Obtain the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps on the target lane, and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap.
  • the vehicle lane-changing device on the target vehicle acquires the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps on the target lane, and the Gap attributes corresponding to each lane-changing gap, where the target lane is the target vehicle The lane to be changed, the lane change Gap is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane, the Gap attribute includes the Gap length of the corresponding lane change Gap, the corresponding lane change Gap and the target The distance between vehicles, the speed difference between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, the distance between the target vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the target vehicle and the first vehicle In one or more of them, the first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the target vehicle needs to first determine the N lane change gaps in the target lane on the target lane.
  • the lane change gaps are used for the target vehicle to perform the lane change operation.
  • FIG. 3G is a schematic diagram of a process for acquiring N lane-changing gaps on a target lane provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the vehicle lane-changing device determines the target lane selected for lane-changing according to the turn signal or indicator signal of the target vehicle, and then, as shown in Fig.
  • the N lane changing gaps may constitute an optional lane changing gap set.
  • the optional lane-changing gap set consisting of N lane-changing gaps is available: Means, where, Gap is the Gap attribute of the Nth lane-changing gap, and G list is a set of optional lane-changing gaps.
  • FIG. 3H is a schematic diagram of Gap attributes of a lane-changing Gap provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • data can be processed according to the Gap attributes (such as Gap speed, Gap position, etc.) corresponding to each of the N lane-changing gaps to obtain the corresponding Gap of each lane-changing Gap in the N lane-changing gaps.
  • Gap attributes such as Gap speed, Gap position, etc.
  • the Gap attribute of the j-th lane-changing Gap among the N lane-changing gaps can be used
  • j 1, 2, 3...N
  • l g represents the Gap length of the n-th lane-changing Gap, that is, the distance between the preceding and following Gap
  • d g represents the corresponding lane-changing Gap
  • the distance between the target vehicles that is, the distance between the target vehicle and the vehicle in front of the j-th lane-changing Gap
  • ⁇ v gb and ⁇ v gf represent the speed difference between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, that is, the current speed of the target vehicle v e j-th lane change Gap vehicle in front of the vehicle speed v gf speed difference ⁇ v gf, the current speed of the target vehicle v e j-th lane change Gap rear vehicle vehicle speed v gb speed difference ⁇ v gb
  • d represents a distance
  • the lane change Gap template Mn of the data set Sn of each speed segment includes the preset Gap attribute, which may be the value of all lane change sample data in the speed segment.
  • the average and/or standard deviation of the Gap attribute of the sample therefore, according to The representation of Mn, one of the representations of Mn can be expressed as:
  • && can be used as a logical AND operator, which means logical and (and).
  • another way of expressing Mn may also be to include only the average value of the sample Gap attributes in the sample lane change data, and the corresponding similarity calculation method is only determined by comparing the average value.
  • the vehicle lane-changing device may also obtain a lane-changing signal, which is used When instructing the target vehicle to start a lane change operation, including a lane change request signal or a driving obstacle signal, the lane change request signal is used to request a lane change operation, and the driving obstacle signal is used to indicate that it is impossible to continue driving in the current lane Perform a lane change operation. For example: when the driving speed of the first vehicle is much lower than the driving speed of the target vehicle, the lane can be changed to a side lane for driving experience.
  • the obstacles on the target lane can also be correspondingly determined Based on the current road information (such as: location information, speed information, etc.), select N lane changing gaps without obstacles to prevent the vehicle from colliding with obstacles when changing lanes and causing safety accidents.
  • Step S307 According to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed, obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set.
  • the vehicle lane changing device obtains M lane changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed.
  • Each lane-changing Gap template in the two lane-changing Gap templates includes a preset lane-changing Gap and a preset Gap attribute, the preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, where M is greater than or equal to An integer of 1.
  • the Gap template set contains lane-changing Gap templates corresponding to different speed sections
  • the data set of each speed section in the data sets of multiple different speed sections has an intersection with the data sets of two adjacent speed sections, so ,
  • the same vehicle speed corresponds to at least one lane-changing gap template
  • the target vehicle can filter out M lane-changing gaps matching the current speed from the Gap template set according to the current speed and the mapping relationship between each lane-changing gap template and the vehicle speed template.
  • the vehicle lane-changing device can receive the transmission from the service device before obtaining M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed Gap template collection. It is possible to directly filter out M lane changing Gap templates that match the current speed of the target vehicle through the directly obtained Gap template collection.
  • the lane-changing Gap template is determined based on multiple lane-changing sample data in the speed section corresponding to the lane-changing Gap template, the Gap template set gives the situation of multiple lane-changing Gap templates corresponding to different speed sections.
  • the preset Gap attributes included in the lane-changing Gap template can further improve the comfort and stability of vehicle traffic in autonomous driving, and enhance the user's riding experience.
  • the target vehicle can re-update the Gap template set after autonomously acquiring multiple lane change data of its own vehicle, which can better enable the target vehicle to determine a Gap template set more suitable for its own vehicle during subsequent lane changes. . Further improve the comfort and stability of vehicle traffic in autonomous driving, and enhance the user's riding experience.
  • the smart vehicle can also receive a collection of Gap templates corresponding to the model information of the smart vehicle sent by the service device, so that different vehicle models can correspond to different lane changing Gap templates, which improves the safety of the vehicle when changing lanes. For example: Even when a large truck and a small car are running at the same speed, the corresponding Gap template for lane change is different.
  • Step S308 Obtain a target lane change Gap and a target lane change Gap template from the N lane change Gap and the M lane change Gap templates.
  • the vehicle lane changing device may obtain a target lane changing gap and a target lane changing gap template from the N lane changing gaps and the M lane changing gap templates, wherein the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane changing gap
  • the preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane change Gap template has the highest similarity. For example, during driving, in order to prevent the target vehicle from colliding with other vehicles, the target vehicle needs to maintain a certain safe distance from other surrounding vehicles. Therefore, according to the Gap attribute of the lane-changing gap, the most efficient one is selected from multiple lane-changing gap templates.
  • a suitable lane-changing Gap template (target lane-changing Gap template), the lane-changing Gap template can enable the vehicle to have more appropriate and more refined driving prior information (such as: preset Gap attributes), so that passengers have Higher comfort and smooth ride experience.
  • the target vehicle can have a more precise adjustment range when adjusting the speed of the vehicle during the lane change process according to the preset Gap attributes.
  • the acquiring the target lane changing gap and the target lane changing gap template from the N lane changing gaps and the M lane changing gap templates includes: calculating the N lane changing gaps The similarity between the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap in the Gap and the preset Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates; after sorting the similarities, the pair with the highest similarity is obtained
  • the lane change Gap and lane change Gap templates are the target lane change Gap and the target lane change Gap template.
  • the preset Gap attributes corresponding to the M lane-changing Gap templates are compared with the Gap attributes corresponding to the N lane-changing Gaps.
  • the Gap attribute corresponding to the lane-changing Gap is proved
  • the pair of lane-changing Gap templates and lane-changing Gaps with the highest similarity are determined as the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template respectively, which is conducive to the accuracy of the target vehicle based on the existing lane-changing Gap template. Efficiently choose a safer and more comfortable lane-changing Gap for lane-changing driving.
  • each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set after obtaining M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set, It also includes: according to the current speed, respectively determining the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane change Gap template of the M lane change Gap templates; and calculating each lane change of the N lane change Gap templates
  • the similarity between the Gap attributes of the Gap and the preset Gap attributes of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates includes: according to the target vehicle and each of the M lane-changing Gap templates
  • the matching probability of the lane-changing Gap template is calculated based on the standardized Euclidean distance evaluation method to calculate the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap in the N lane-changing Gap and the prediction of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates.
  • the similarity between Gap attributes For example, the probability of a target vehicle at 21.5km/h matching the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to 20km/h-22km/h is greater than the probability of matching the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to 21km/h-24km/h. Therefore, it is necessary to first determine the probability that the target vehicle matches each of the lane-changing Gap templates in the lane-changing Gap templates, and then calculate the similarity with each template based on the matching probability, which is beneficial to the target vehicle to more accurately screen out the target. Change lanes Gap to make lane change driving safer and more comfortable.
  • all the optional N lane-changing gaps and M lane-changing gap templates matching the current speed are calculated based on the standardized Euler distance.
  • the following standardized Euler distance formula can be used to reduce The influence between different dimensions.
  • the data set of each speed section in multiple data sets of different speed sections has an intersection with the data sets of two adjacent speed sections. If the vehicle speed is in the data set of the minimum speed section and the maximum speed section For the speed at both ends, there is only one Gap template selected for lane change, so it only needs to calculate the similarity with the Gap template for lane change once, and it is the final similarity, namely In the case that there are two selected Gap templates for changing lanes, similarity calculations need to be performed with both templates, and the final similarity is the weight of the two.
  • the probability that the speed of the vehicle belongs to the two templates is different. The 3sigma criterion is used in the above screening process. Therefore, based on the normal distribution, the probability of belonging to the two Gap templates for changing lanes can be calculated as:
  • the similarity between the j-th lane-changing Gap and the two lane-changing Gap templates is as follows: Among them, p i is the probability that the target vehicle belongs to the i-th lane-changing Gap template among the M lane-changing Gap templates.
  • p i is the probability that the target vehicle belongs to the i-th lane-changing Gap template among the M lane-changing Gap templates.
  • a target lane change gap with the highest similarity to all lane change Gap templates of M lane change Gap templates can be determined from N lane change Gap templates, and then all lane change Gap templates from M lane change Gap templates
  • a target lane-changing Gap template with the highest similarity to the target lane-changing Gap is determined, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the lane change with the smallest speed change rate when the target vehicle changes from the current lane to the target lane can be determined according to the Gap attributes of the lane-changing gap Gap changes to Gap for the goal.
  • Step S309 Control the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane-changing Gap through the target lane-changing Gap template.
  • the vehicle lane-changing device can control the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane-changing Gap through the target lane-changing Gap template.
  • the target lane-changing Gap template further includes a preset lane-changing trajectory; the controlling the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane-changing Gap through the target lane-changing Gap template includes: according to the target The Gap attribute of the lane-changing Gap and the preset lane-changing trajectory determine the lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle; according to the lane-changing time and the lane-changing trajectory, the target vehicle is controlled to be controlled by the The current lane changes to the target lane change Gap.
  • the target vehicle can determine the specific lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle according to the Gap attribute and the preset lane-changing trajectory, so that the target The vehicle changes lanes accurately and efficiently.
  • the vehicle lane change device may send the lane change trajectory and the Gap attribute of the target lane change Gap to a service device, so that the service device updates lane change Gap templates corresponding to multiple data sets of different speed segments.
  • the lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle can be planned directly according to the Gap attribute of the target lane-changing Gap; according to the lane-changing time and the lane-changing trajectory, the target vehicle is controlled to be routed by The current lane changes to the target lane change Gap.
  • the vehicle when the vehicle changes from the current lane to the target lane, the vehicle can actively select the appropriate insertion gap Gap (ie, the lane change gap) in the target lane, and change lanes to the target lane through the insertion gap to ensure In the course of the target vehicle changing lanes, the active selection of the road section where the vehicle is about to change lanes can better meet the driving needs of the target vehicle, and avoid the default selection of the nearest lane change gap to the target vehicle, and the target cannot be guaranteed. The vehicle changes lanes safely and comfortably.
  • Gap ie, the lane change gap
  • the preset Gap attributes corresponding to multiple lane-changing gap templates are compared with the Gap attributes corresponding to multiple lane-changing gaps, and the pair with the highest similarity is selected as the target lane-changing gap.
  • Template and target lane-changing Gap so that the target vehicle can pass the target lane-changing Gap template to safely and efficiently insert the vehicle to the target lane-changing Gap.
  • the target vehicle can select the front or rear lane change gap according to the lane change gap template to realize the acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle and merge into the target lane to ensure that the target vehicle can safely change lanes on the road without overspeeding or The collision caused a safety accident and improved the driving safety of the vehicle.
  • the lane-changing Gap with the highest similarity among the existing lane-changing Gap templates is selected from multiple lane-changing Gaps.
  • the lane-changing gap for the target vehicle can ensure that the vehicle does not need to detect the driving state of the vehicle in the target lane for a long time during the lane-changing process. It only needs to determine multiple lane-changing gaps and directly compare the lane-changing gap template to determine multiple lane-changes.
  • the target lane-changing Gap in the Gap reduces the driving parameters of a large number of calibrated vehicles during the lane-changing process, and improves the efficiency of the target vehicle in selecting the lane-changing Gap.
  • the most suitable lane-changing Gap template (target lane-changing Gap template) is selected from multiple lane-changing Gap templates.
  • This lane-changing Gap template can make the vehicle have more suitable and refined Under the premise of advanced driving information (such as preset Gap attributes), passengers have a higher comfort and smooth ride experience.
  • the target vehicle can have a more precise adjustment range when adjusting the speed of the vehicle during the lane change process according to the preset Gap attributes.
  • FIG. 3I is a schematic diagram of an on-board screen for controlling a target vehicle to change lanes from a current lane to a target lane change gap in an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3J is a schematic diagram of a scene that is applied to the vehicle lane changing to the target lane changing Gap of FIG. 3I according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the driving state includes: the speed of the target vehicle, the target lane to which the target vehicle is to be changed, and the four lane-changing gaps on the target lane and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap.
  • the driving state includes: the speed of the target vehicle, the target lane to which the target vehicle is to be changed, and the four lane-changing gaps on the target lane and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap.
  • there are four lane-changing Gaps (Gap1, Gap2, Gap3, Gap4) in the target lane which can be used for lane-changing by the target vehicle.
  • the five-pointed star represents Target vehicle.
  • the target vehicle matches the current speed of its own vehicle with the pre-obtained Gap template set, and obtains two matching Gap templates from the Gap template set. As shown in (1) in Figure 3I, there are two Gap template sets. Two lane-changing Gap templates (template 1 and template 2) match the speed of the target vehicle.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the vehicle lane changing device 30 may include a first acquiring unit 401, a template unit 402, a second acquiring unit 403, and a control
  • the unit 404 may also include a first calculating unit 405 and a receiving unit 406. Among them, the detailed description of each unit is as follows.
  • the first acquiring unit 401 is configured to acquire the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps on the target lane, and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap, where the target lane is where the target vehicle will change lanes
  • the lane change Gap is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane
  • the Gap attribute includes the Gap length of the corresponding lane change Gap, and the distance between the corresponding lane change Gap and the target vehicle One of the distance between the corresponding lane change Gap and the target vehicle, the distance between the target vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the target vehicle and the first vehicle Or more, the first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the template unit 402 is configured to obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed, and the M
  • Each lane-changing Gap template in the lane-changing Gap template includes a preset lane-changing Gap and a preset Gap attribute.
  • the preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, where M is greater than or equal to 1.
  • the second acquiring unit 403 is configured to acquire a target lane-changing Gap and a target lane-changing Gap template from the N lane-changing Gap and the M lane-changing Gap templates, wherein the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap
  • the preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane change Gap template has the highest similarity
  • the control unit 404 is configured to control the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane change Gap according to the target lane change Gap template.
  • the second acquiring unit 403 is specifically configured to: calculate the Gap attribute of each lane-changing gap in the N lane-changing gaps and each of the M lane-changing gap templates The similarity between the preset Gap attributes of the lane-changing Gap template; after sorting the similarities, the pair of lane-changing Gap and lane-changing Gap templates with the highest similarity are obtained as the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template.
  • the device further includes: a first calculation unit 405, configured to obtain and from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed After the M lane-changing Gap templates matched by the current speed, determine the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates according to the current speed; the second The acquiring unit 403 is further specifically configured to: according to the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane-changing gap template of the M lane-changing gap templates, and based on a standardized Euclidean distance evaluation method, calculate the number of lane-changing gaps. The similarity between the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap and the preset Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates.
  • the target lane-changing Gap template further includes a preset lane-changing trajectory;
  • the control unit 404 is specifically configured to change according to the Gap attribute of the target lane-changing Gap and the preset lane-changing Trajectory, determining the lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle; according to the lane-changing time and the lane-changing trajectory, controlling the target vehicle to change lanes from the current lane to the target lane-changing gap.
  • the apparatus further includes: a receiving unit 406, configured to receive and save the Gap template set sent by the service device.
  • each functional unit in the vehicle lane changing device 20 described in the embodiment of the present application can refer to the related description of step S306 to step S309 in the method embodiment described in FIG. 3A, and will not be omitted here. Go into details.
  • FIG. 4B is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the vehicle lane changing device 40 may be applied to the service equipment 001 described in FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B, and includes a sending unit 410 may further include a third acquiring unit 420, a dividing unit 430, a second calculating unit 440, a fourth acquiring unit 450, and a deleting unit 460.
  • a sending unit 410 may further include a third acquiring unit 420, a dividing unit 430, a second calculating unit 440, a fourth acquiring unit 450, and a deleting unit 460.
  • the detailed description of each unit is as follows.
  • the sending unit 410 is configured to send a set of Gap templates to a target vehicle, where the set of Gap templates is used by the target vehicle according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the set of Gap templates and the speed of the vehicle.
  • each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates includes a preset lane-changing gap and preset Gap attributes
  • the preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap
  • the Gap attribute includes the Gap length corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, and the distance between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle ,
  • the first vehicle is the previous vehicle in
  • the M lane-changing Gap templates are used for the target vehicle to obtain the target lane-changing Gap template and the target lane-changing Gap from the M lane-changing Gap templates and the N lane-changing Gaps in the target lane, wherein the The preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap template has the highest similarity with the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap.
  • the target lane is the lane to which the target vehicle will change lanes
  • the lane-changing Gap is the The gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane.
  • the device further includes: a third acquiring unit 420, configured to acquire multiple lane change sample data before sending the Gap template set to the target vehicle, wherein each lane change sample data is Corresponds to a vehicle speed, each lane change sample data includes a sample lane change Gap and a sample Gap attribute, the sample Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the sample lane change Gap; the dividing unit 430 is configured to Each lane-changing sample data corresponds to the size of the vehicle speed, the multiple lane-changing sample data are respectively divided into a plurality of data sets of different speed sections, wherein each speed section in the plurality of data sets of different speed sections The data sets of both have an intersection with the data sets of two adjacent speed sections; the second calculation unit 440 is used to calculate the sample Gap attribute corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed section The average value is used to obtain the lane change Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section; the fourth obtaining unit 450
  • the device further includes: a deleting unit 460, configured to divide the plurality of lane-changing sample data at most according to the magnitude of the vehicle speed corresponding to each lane-changing sample data. After the data sets of different speed sections are deleted, the sample lane change gap corresponding to one or more lane change sample data contained in each data set of the multiple different speed section data sets and the sample gap attributes are not satisfied The sample data of lane change based on the 3sigma criterion.
  • each functional unit in the vehicle lane changing device 20 described in the embodiment of the present application can refer to the related description of step S301 to step S305 in the method embodiment described in FIG. 3A, and will not be omitted here. Go into details.
  • FIG. 5A is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 50 includes at least one processor 501, at least one memory 502, and at least one communication interface 503.
  • the device may also include general components such as antennas, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor 501 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits used to control the execution of the above program programs.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication interface 503 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access network (RAN), core network, wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.
  • devices or communication networks such as Ethernet, wireless access network (RAN), core network, wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.
  • the memory 502 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions
  • the dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory, EEPROM), CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • the memory can exist independently and is connected to the processor through a bus.
  • the memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 502 is used to store application program codes for executing the above solutions, and the processor 501 controls the execution.
  • the processor 501 is configured to execute application program codes stored in the memory 502.
  • the code stored in the memory 502 can execute the vehicle driving control method provided in FIG. 3A, such as obtaining the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps on the target lane, and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap, where the target The lane is the lane to which the target vehicle will change lanes, the lane change Gap is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane, and the Gap attribute includes the Gap length of the corresponding lane change Gap, and the corresponding The distance between the lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, the speed difference between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, the distance between the target vehicle and the first vehicle, and the distance between the target vehicle and the first vehicle.
  • One or more of the speed difference between a vehicle, the first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1; according to each of the Gap template sets
  • each functional unit in the vehicle lane changing device 30 described in the embodiment of the present application can refer to the related description of step S306 to step S309 in the method embodiment described in FIG. 3A, which will not be omitted here. Go into details.
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 60 includes at least one processor 511, at least one memory 512, and at least one communication interface 513.
  • the device may also include general components such as antennas, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor 511 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the programs in the above scheme.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication interface 513 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), core network, wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • the memory 512 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions
  • the dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory, EEPROM), CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • the memory can exist independently and is connected to the processor through a bus.
  • the memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 512 is used to store application program codes for executing the above solutions, and the processor 511 controls the execution.
  • the processor 511 is configured to execute the application program code stored in the memory 512.
  • the code stored in the memory 512 can execute the vehicle driving control method provided in FIG. 3A, such as sending a set of Gap templates to a target vehicle, where the set of Gap templates is used for the target vehicle to change according to each of the set of Gap templates.
  • M is an integer greater than or equal to 1; the M lane-changing gap templates
  • the disclosed device may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative, for example, the division of the above-mentioned units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or integrated. To another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical or other forms.
  • the units described above as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the above integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , Including several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server or a network device, etc., specifically a processor in a computer device) to execute all or part of the steps of the above methods of the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media may include: U disk, mobile hard disk, magnetic disk, optical disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, abbreviation: ROM) or Random Access Memory (Random Access Memory, abbreviation: RAM), etc.
  • U disk mobile hard disk
  • magnetic disk magnetic disk
  • optical disk read-only memory
  • Read-Only Memory abbreviation: ROM
  • Random Access Memory Random Access Memory

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
  • Transportation (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Control Of Driving Devices And Active Controlling Of Vehicle (AREA)
  • Traffic Control Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A vehicle lane changing method and apparatus, the vehicle lane changing method comprising: acquiring the current speed of a target vehicle, N lane-changing gaps in a target lane, and a gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap; according to the mapping between each lane-changing gap template in a gap template set and the vehicle speed, acquiring from the gap template set M lane-changing gap templates matching the current speed; acquiring a target lane-changing gap and a target lane-changing gap template from among N lane-changing gaps and M lane-changing gap templates, wherein the gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing gap has the highest similarity to a preset gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing gap template; and controlling, by means of the target lane-changing gap template, the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane-changing gap. When driving a vehicle, a lane-changing road section can be accurately and efficiently selected for driving.

Description

一种车辆换道方法及相关设备Vehicle lane changing method and related equipment 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及自动驾驶技术领域,尤其涉及一种车辆换道方法及相关设备。This application relates to the field of automatic driving technology, and in particular to a vehicle lane changing method and related equipment.
背景技术Background technique
高速上换道行为属于高危险驾驶行为,极其考验驾驶员的注意力与控制力,稍不留神可能酿成悲剧。为了提高高速换道的安全性,现有的多数车型均配备了如驾驶员辅助驾驶系统(ADAS)的辅助装置,其可以通过转向灯拨杆触发的主动换道功能。Lane-changing behavior on high-speed is a high-risk driving behavior, which extremely tests the driver's attention and control, and a little carelessness may lead to tragedy. In order to improve the safety of high-speed lane changing, most of the existing models are equipped with auxiliary devices such as Driver Assisted Driving System (ADAS), which can be activated by the turn signal lever to trigger the active lane changing function.
但是,该功能依旧需要驾驶员集中注意力初步选择用于换道插车的插车间隙(换道Gap)后,依据道路条件对选择的换道Gap进行换道插车,其中,一般默认为自车相邻车道上最近的换道Gap用于换道插车。因此,目前对于车辆的主动换道Gap的选择依旧存在以下问题:换道Gap的选择仍需要驾驶员自主进行选择,如果依旧默认选择旁边的路段进行插车换道,将无法较好的满足安全需求。尤其是在旁边车道上车辆与自车并行,且车况复杂的情况下,默认为自车相邻车道上最近的换道Gap用于换道插车,很容易引发交通安全事故。而现有技术中需要依据道路条件选择换道Gap进行换道插车时,需要标定参数多,后期标定处理工作大,容易错失最佳的换道时机;而且该方法对车流稳定性要求较高,需要目标车道内的车辆行驶过程中长时间处于稳定状态,以防止出现安全事故。However, this function still requires the driver to concentrate on the initial selection of the lane-changing gap (lane-changing gap) for lane-changing and interposing vehicles, and then performing lane-changing and interleaving for the selected lane-changing gap according to road conditions. Generally, the default is The nearest lane-changing gap in the adjacent lane of the own vehicle is used for lane-changing to insert the vehicle. Therefore, at present, the following problems still exist in the choice of the vehicle’s active lane-changing gap: the choice of the lane-changing gap still requires the driver to make the choice independently. If the next section of the road is still selected for plug-in and lane-changing by default, the safety will not be better met. need. Especially when the vehicle is parallel to the vehicle in the side lane and the vehicle condition is complicated, the default is the nearest lane-changing gap on the adjacent lane of the vehicle to be used for lane-changing and inserting the vehicle, which can easily cause traffic accidents. However, in the prior art, when the lane-changing Gap needs to be selected for lane-changing and inserting vehicles according to road conditions, many calibration parameters are required, and the post-calibration processing is large, and the best lane-changing opportunity is easily missed; and this method requires high traffic flow stability. , The vehicle in the target lane needs to be in a stable state for a long time during the driving process to prevent safety accidents.
因此,如何能够帮助驾驶员在驾驶车辆换道行驶时,准确高效的选择换道Gap进行换道,是亟待解决的问题。Therefore, how to help the driver to accurately and efficiently select the lane-changing gap for lane-changing when driving the vehicle to change lanes is a problem that needs to be solved urgently.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种车辆换道方法及相关设备,可以在驾驶员在驾驶车辆进行换道插车时,自动准确高效的选择换道Gap。The embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle lane changing method and related equipment, which can automatically, accurately and efficiently select the lane changing gap when the driver is driving the vehicle to change lanes and insert the vehicle.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种车辆换道的方法,包括:In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for changing lanes of a vehicle, including:
获取目标车辆的当前速度、目标车道上的N个换道Gap以及每个换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙,所述Gap属性包括对应换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的距离、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的速度差、所述目标车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述目标车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述目标车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,N为大于或等于1的整数;根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数;从所述N个换道Gap与所述M个换道Gap模板中获取目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板,其中,所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性与所述目标换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性相似度最高;通过所述目标换道Gap模板,控制所述目标车辆换道至所述目标换道Gap。Acquire the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps in the target lane, and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap, where the target lane is the lane to which the target vehicle will change lanes, and the lane-changing gap Is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane, and the Gap attributes include the Gap length of the corresponding lane-changing Gap, the distance between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, and the corresponding lane-changing Gap. One or more of the speed difference between the Gap and the target vehicle, the distance between the target vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the target vehicle and the first vehicle, the first The vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1; according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed, from the Gap template set Obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed, and each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates includes a preset lane-changing Gap and preset Gap attributes, and the preset Gap attributes are all The Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane changing Gap, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1; the target lane changing Gap and the target lane changing Gap are obtained from the N lane changing Gap and the M lane changing Gap templates Template, wherein the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap has the highest similarity with the preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap template; through the target lane-changing Gap template, the target vehicle is controlled to change lanes. The stated goal changes to Gap.
一般情况下,车辆在自动换道时,往往会默认选择距离车辆最近的一个路段完成换道操作。但是,该换道模式对车流的稳定性要求很高,如果车流不稳定,直接选择距离车辆最近的一个路段进行换道,容易造成安全事故;而且,在最近的一个路段换道时,容易出现由于换道时间过短,导致车辆紧急提速或紧急刹车的情况,使得乘客的乘坐体验不佳。因此,通过第一方面提供的方法,车辆可以在由当前车道换道至目标车道时,主动选择目标车道上合适的插车间隙Gap(即、换道Gap),通过该插车间隙换道至目标车道,保证了在目标车辆换道过程中,对车辆即将换道的路段进行主动选择,可以较好的满足目标车辆的驾驶需求,避免因如默认选择距离目标车辆最近的一个换道Gap,而无法保证目标车辆安全舒适的换道。其中,在主动选择该插车间隙时,是对比多个换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性与多个换道Gap对应的Gap属性后,筛选出相似度最高的一对为目标换道Gap模板和目标换道Gap,以使目标车辆可以通过所述目标换道Gap模板,安全高效的插车至目标换道Gap。例如:目标车辆可以根据换道Gap模板选择前方或者后方的换道Gap,以实现车辆的加速或者减速,汇入目标车道,保证了目标车辆在道路上的安全换道行驶,不会因为超速或相撞造成安全事故,提升了车辆的行驶安全。而且,这种通过对比换道Gap模板与换道Gap之间的Gap属性相似度,并从多个换道Gap中筛选出与已有的换道Gap模板中相似度最高的一个换道Gap做为目标车辆的换道Gap,可以保证车辆在换道过程中不需要长时间检测目标车道内的车辆行驶状态,只需要确定多个换道Gap后,直接对比换道Gap模板确定多个换道Gap中目标换道Gap,减少了在换道过程中大量的标定车辆的行驶参数,提高了目标车辆选择换道Gap的效率。其次,根据换道Gap的Gap属性,从多个换道Gap模板中筛选出最适合的换道Gap模板(目标换道Gap模板),该换道Gap模板可以使车辆在拥有更合适的更精细化的行驶先验信息(如:预设Gap属性)的前提下,使得乘客有更高的舒适性和平稳性的乘坐体验。例如:目标车辆根据预设Gap属性,在换道过程中对车辆的速度进行调整时可以有更加精确的调整范围。Under normal circumstances, when a vehicle changes lanes automatically, it often defaults to selecting a section of the road closest to the vehicle to complete the lane change operation. However, this lane-changing mode requires high traffic flow stability. If the traffic flow is unstable, you can directly select the road section closest to the vehicle to change lanes, which is likely to cause safety accidents; moreover, when changing lanes on the nearest road section, it is easy to happen. Because the lane change time is too short, the vehicle speeds up or brakes urgently, which makes the passenger's riding experience poor. Therefore, with the method provided in the first aspect, when the vehicle changes from the current lane to the target lane, the vehicle can actively select the appropriate insertion gap Gap (that is, the lane change gap) in the target lane, and change lanes through the insertion gap. The target lane ensures the active selection of the road section where the vehicle is about to change lanes during the lane change process of the target vehicle, which can better meet the driving needs of the target vehicle and avoid the default selection of the nearest lane change gap to the target vehicle. There is no guarantee that the target vehicle can change lanes safely and comfortably. Among them, when the vehicle insertion gap is actively selected, the preset Gap attributes corresponding to multiple lane-changing gap templates are compared with the Gap attributes corresponding to multiple lane-changing gaps, and the pair with the highest similarity is selected as the target lane-changing gap. Template and target lane-changing Gap, so that the target vehicle can pass the target lane-changing Gap template to safely and efficiently insert the vehicle to the target lane-changing Gap. For example, the target vehicle can select the front or rear lane change gap according to the lane change gap template to realize the acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle and merge into the target lane to ensure that the target vehicle can safely change lanes on the road without overspeeding or The collision caused a safety accident and improved the driving safety of the vehicle. Moreover, by comparing the Gap attribute similarity between the lane-changing Gap template and the lane-changing Gap, the lane-changing Gap with the highest similarity among the existing lane-changing Gap templates is selected from multiple lane-changing Gaps. The lane-changing gap for the target vehicle can ensure that the vehicle does not need to detect the driving state of the vehicle in the target lane for a long time during the lane-changing process. It only needs to determine multiple lane-changing gaps and directly compare the lane-changing gap template to determine multiple lane-changes. The target lane-changing Gap in the Gap reduces the driving parameters of a large number of calibrated vehicles during the lane-changing process, and improves the efficiency of the target vehicle in selecting the lane-changing Gap. Secondly, according to the Gap attributes of the lane-changing Gap, the most suitable lane-changing Gap template (target lane-changing Gap template) is selected from multiple lane-changing Gap templates. This lane-changing Gap template can make the vehicle have more suitable and refined Under the premise of advanced driving information (such as preset Gap attributes), passengers have a higher comfort and smooth ride experience. For example, the target vehicle can have a more precise adjustment range when adjusting the speed of the vehicle during the lane change process according to the preset Gap attributes.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述从所述N个换道Gap与所述M个换道Gap模板中获取目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板,包括:计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度;将相似度排序后,获得相似度最高的一对换道Gap和换道Gap模板为所述目标换道Gap和所述目标换道Gap模板。实施本申请实施例,将M个换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性与N个换道Gap对应的Gap属性进行相似度对比,当相似度越高时,证明该换道Gap对应的Gap属性与该换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性越相似,进而该换道Gap的道路状况就越适用于该换道Gap模板。因此,将相似度排序后,确定相似度最高的一对换道Gap模板和换道Gap分别为目标换道Gap以及目标换道Gap模板,有利于目标车辆根据现有的换道Gap模板,准确高效的选择更安全舒适的换道Gap进行换道驾驶。In a possible implementation manner, the acquiring the target lane changing gap and the target lane changing gap template from the N lane changing gaps and the M lane changing gap templates includes: calculating the N lane changing gaps The similarity between the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap in the Gap and the preset Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates; after sorting the similarities, the pair with the highest similarity is obtained The lane change Gap and lane change Gap templates are the target lane change Gap and the target lane change Gap template. To implement the embodiment of this application, the preset Gap attributes corresponding to the M lane-changing Gap templates are compared with the Gap attributes corresponding to the N lane-changing Gaps. When the similarity is higher, the Gap attribute corresponding to the lane-changing Gap is proved The more similar the preset Gap attributes of the lane-changing Gap template are, the more suitable the road conditions of the lane-changing Gap are to the lane-changing Gap template. Therefore, after the similarity is sorted, the pair of lane-changing Gap templates and lane-changing Gaps with the highest similarity are determined as the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template respectively, which is conducive to the accuracy of the target vehicle based on the existing lane-changing Gap template. Efficiently choose a safer and more comfortable lane-changing Gap for lane-changing driving.
在一种可能的实现方式中,根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板之后,还包括:根据所述当前速度,分别确定所述目标车辆与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板匹配的概率;所述计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度,包括:根据所述目标车辆 与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板匹配的概率,基于标准化欧式距离评估方法,计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度。所述实施本申请实施例,因为同一个速度可能会对应不同的换道Gap模板,所以需要首先确定以目标车辆的当前速度在所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板分别匹配的概率,例如:21.5km/h的目标车辆与20km/h-22km/h对应的换道Gap模板匹配的概率大于21km/h-24km/h对应的换道Gap模板匹配的概率。再根据匹配的概率计算与各个模板的相似度,有利于目标车辆更加准确地筛选出目标换道Gap,以使更安全舒适的进行换道驾驶。In a possible implementation manner, according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed, after obtaining M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set, It also includes: according to the current speed, respectively determining the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane change Gap template of the M lane change Gap templates; and calculating each lane change of the N lane change Gap templates The similarity between the Gap attributes of the Gap and the preset Gap attributes of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates includes: according to the target vehicle and each of the M lane-changing Gap templates The matching probability of the lane-changing Gap template is calculated based on the standardized Euclidean distance evaluation method to calculate the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap in the N lane-changing Gap and the prediction of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates. Let the similarity between Gap attributes. In the implementation of the embodiment of this application, because the same speed may correspond to different lane-changing gap templates, it is necessary to first determine that each lane-changing gap template matches each of the M lane-changing gap templates at the current speed of the target vehicle. For example, the probability that the target vehicle at 21.5km/h matches the lane-change Gap template corresponding to 20km/h-22km/h is greater than the probability that the lane-change Gap template corresponding to 21km/h-24km/h matches. Then calculate the similarity with each template according to the matching probability, which is beneficial to the target vehicle to more accurately screen out the target lane-changing gap, so as to make lane-changing driving safer and more comfortable.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述目标换道Gap模板还包括预设换道轨迹;所述通过所述目标换道Gap模板,控制所述目标车辆换道至所述目标换道Gap包括:根据所述目标换道Gap的Gap属性和所述预设换道轨迹,确定所述目标车辆的换道时间和换道轨迹;根据所述换道时间和所述换道轨迹,控制所述目标车辆由所述当前车道换道至所述目标换道Gap。实施本申请实施例,在筛选出目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板后,目标车辆可以根据Gap属性和预设换道轨迹,确定目标车辆具体的换道时间和换道轨迹,以使目标车辆准确高效的进行换道驾驶。In a possible implementation manner, the target lane-changing Gap template further includes a preset lane-changing trajectory; the controlling the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane-changing Gap through the target lane-changing Gap template includes : Determine the lane change time and lane change trajectory of the target vehicle according to the Gap attribute of the target lane change Gap and the preset lane change trajectory; control the lane change time and lane change trajectory of the target vehicle according to the lane change time and the lane change trajectory The target vehicle changes lanes from the current lane to the target lane change Gap. In the implementation of the embodiment of this application, after the target lane-changing Gap and target lane-changing Gap template are filtered out, the target vehicle can determine the specific lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle according to the Gap attribute and the preset lane-changing trajectory, so that the target The vehicle changes lanes accurately and efficiently.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接收并保存服务设备发送的所述Gap模板集合。在本申请实施例中,可以通过直接获取的Gap模板集合,直接筛选出与目标车辆的当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,进而通过该M个换道Gap模板确定目标换道Gap模板,可以进一步的提高了自动驾驶中车辆主动选择目标换道Gap的效率,提升了用户乘车体验。In a possible implementation manner, the Gap template set sent by the service device is received and saved. In this embodiment of the present application, the Gap template set directly obtained can be used to directly filter out M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed of the target vehicle, and then the target lane-changing Gap template can be determined through the M lane-changing Gap templates. It can further improve the efficiency of vehicles actively selecting target lane-changing gaps in autonomous driving, and enhance the user's riding experience.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种车辆换道方法,包括:In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle lane changing method, including:
向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合,其中,所述Gap模板集合,用于所述目标车辆根据所述Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述目标车辆的当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,所述Gap属性包括对应预设换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应预设换道Gap与换道车辆之间的距离、所述对应预设换道Gap与所述换道车辆之间的速度差、所述换道车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述换道车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述换道车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,所述目标车辆属于所述换道车辆,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数;所述M个换道Gap模板用于所述目标车辆从所述M个换道Gap模板以及目标车道上的N个换道Gap中获取目标换道Gap模板与目标换道Gap,其中,所述目标换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性与所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性相似度最高,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙。Send a Gap template set to the target vehicle, where the Gap template set is used for the target vehicle to obtain from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed M lane-changing gap templates matching the current speed of the target vehicle, each lane-changing gap template of the M lane-changing gap templates includes a preset lane-changing gap and a preset gap attribute, the preset gap attribute Is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, and the Gap attribute includes the Gap length corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, the distance between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, and the corresponding preset One or more of the speed difference between the lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the distance between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle The first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the lane-changing vehicle is currently located, and the target vehicle belongs to the lane-changing vehicle, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1; the M lane-changing vehicles The Gap template is used by the target vehicle to obtain the target lane-changing Gap template and the target lane-changing Gap from the M lane-changing Gap templates and N lane-changing Gaps on the target lane, wherein the target lane-changing Gap template corresponds to The preset Gap attribute is the highest similarity with the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap, the target lane is the lane to which the target vehicle will change lanes, and the lane-changing Gap is two phases on the target lane. The gap between adjacent vehicles.
通过第二方面提供的方法,可以在向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合后,所述目标车辆根据所述Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述目标车辆的当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,进而通过该M个换道Gap模板确定目标换道Gap模板,可以进一步的提高了自动驾驶中车辆通行的舒适性和平稳性, 提升了用户乘车体验。其次,车辆可以在主动选择该目标换道Gap时,是对比多个换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性与多个换道Gap对应的Gap属性后,筛选出相似度最高的一对为目标换道Gap模板和目标换道Gap,以使目标车辆可以通过所述目标换道Gap模板,安全高效的插车至目标换道Gap。而且,可以保证车辆在换道过程中不需要长时间检测目标车道内的车辆行驶状态,只需要确定多个换道Gap后,直接对比换道Gap模板确定多个换道Gap中目标换道Gap,减少了在换道过程中大量的标定车辆的行驶参数,提高了目标车辆选择换道Gap的效率。With the method provided in the second aspect, after sending the Gap template set to the target vehicle, the target vehicle may select the Gap template set from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed. Obtain M lane-changing Gap templates that match the current speed of the target vehicle, and then determine the target lane-changing Gap template through the M lane-changing Gap templates, which can further improve the comfort and stability of vehicle traffic in automatic driving , Enhance the user's ride experience. Secondly, when the vehicle actively selects the target lane-changing gap, it compares the preset Gap attributes corresponding to multiple lane-changing gap templates with the Gap attributes corresponding to multiple lane-changing gaps, and then selects the pair with the highest similarity as the target. The lane-changing Gap template and the target lane-changing Gap, so that the target vehicle can pass the target lane-changing Gap template to safely and efficiently insert the vehicle to the target lane-changing Gap. Moreover, it can be ensured that the vehicle does not need to detect the driving state of the vehicle in the target lane for a long time during the lane change process. It only needs to determine multiple lane change gaps, and directly compare the lane change gap template to determine the target lane change gap among multiple lane change gaps. , It reduces the driving parameters of a large number of calibration vehicles during the lane change process, and improves the efficiency of the target vehicle in selecting the lane change gap.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合之前,还包括:获取多个换道样本数据,其中,每个换道样本数据均与一个车辆速度对应,所述每个换道样本数据包括样本换道Gap以及样本Gap属性,所述样本Gap属性为所述样本换道Gap对应的Gap属性;根据所述每个换道样本数据对应的车辆速度的大小,将所述多个换道样本数据分别划分至多个不同速度段的数据集合中,其中,所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个速度段的数据集合均与相邻的两个速度段的数据集合有交集;计算每个速度段的数据集合中包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本Gap属性平均值,获得每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板;根据所述每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板,获得所述多个换道样本数据对应的所述Gap模板集合以及所述Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系。在本申请实施例中,向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合之后,目标车辆可以获取多个换道样本数据后确定Gap模板集合,可以更好的使目标车辆在后续换道过程中,确定出更适合自车的Gap模板集合。其中,车辆换道装置在确定Gap模板集合中每个速度段对应的换道Gap模板时,可以首先统计每个速度段对应的所有换道样本数据包含的样本Gap属性,根据该速度范围内的样本Gap属性确定速度范围内的预设换道信息。基于更多的换道样本数据,统计计算换道Gap的Gap属性,给出针对不同速度段的情况下,通行车辆粗粒度的预设Gap属性,进一步的提高了自动驾驶中车辆换道的舒适性和平稳性,提升了用户乘车体验。In a possible implementation manner, before sending the Gap template set to the target vehicle, the method further includes: acquiring a plurality of lane-changing sample data, wherein each lane-changing sample data corresponds to a vehicle speed, and each The lane change sample data includes the sample lane change Gap and the sample Gap attribute, the sample Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the sample lane change Gap; according to the size of the vehicle speed corresponding to each lane change sample data, the The multiple lane changing sample data are respectively divided into multiple data sets of different speed sections, wherein the data sets of each speed section in the multiple data sets of different speed sections are the same as the data sets of two adjacent speed sections. There is intersection; calculate the average value of sample Gap attributes corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed section, and obtain the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section; The lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of the speed segment is obtained, and the Gap template set corresponding to the multiple lane-changing sample data and the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed are obtained. In the embodiment of this application, after sending the Gap template set to the target vehicle, the target vehicle can obtain multiple lane change sample data and then determine the Gap template set, which can better enable the target vehicle to determine a more suitable set during the subsequent lane change process. A collection of Gap templates for self-cars. Among them, when the vehicle lane changing device determines the lane changing Gap template corresponding to each speed segment in the Gap template set, it can first count the sample Gap attributes contained in all lane changing sample data corresponding to each speed segment, and according to the speed range The sample Gap attribute determines the preset lane change information within the speed range. Based on more sample data of lane changing, statistically calculate the Gap attributes of the lane changing Gap, and give the coarse-grained preset Gap attributes of the passing vehicles under different speed ranges, which further improves the comfort of the vehicle changing lanes in automatic driving. The flexibility and stability have improved the user’s ride experience.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据所述每个换道样本数据对应的车辆速度的大小,将所述多个换道样本数据分别划分至多个不同速度段的数据集合中之后,还包括:删除所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个数据集合包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本换道Gap以及样本Gap属性中,不满足三西格玛3sigma准则的换道样本数据。在本申请实施例中,三西格玛3sigma准则是假设一组检测数据只含有随机误差,对其进行计算处理得到标准偏差,按一定概率确定一个区间,认为凡超过这个区间的误差,就不属于随机误差而是粗大误差,含有该误差的数据应予以剔除,因此,删除所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个数据集内不满足三西格玛3sigma准则的样本道路数据,可以得到每个数据集对应的更加精确地换道Gap模板,有助于目标车辆在进行换道时,准确高效的选择更安全舒适的换道Gap。In a possible implementation manner, after said dividing the multiple lane-changing sample data into multiple data sets of different speed segments according to the magnitude of the vehicle speed corresponding to each lane-changing sample data, further Including: deleting the sample lane change Gap corresponding to one or more lane change sample data contained in each data set of the multiple data sets of different speed segments and the lane change samples that do not meet the three sigma 3sigma criterion among the sample Gap attributes data. In the embodiments of this application, the three sigma criterion is to assume that a set of test data contains only random errors, and calculate and process them to obtain the standard deviation, and determine an interval with a certain probability. It is considered that any error that exceeds this interval is not random. The error is a gross error, and the data containing the error should be eliminated. Therefore, by deleting the sample road data that does not meet the three sigma criterion in each data set in the multiple data sets of different speed segments, each data can be obtained The collection of corresponding Gap templates for lane changing more accurately helps the target vehicle to accurately and efficiently select a safer and more comfortable lane changing Gap when changing lanes.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种车辆换道装置,包括:In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle lane changing device, including:
第一获取单元,用于获取目标车辆的当前速度、目标车道上的N个换道Gap以及每个换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换 道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙,所述Gap属性包括对应换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的距离、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的速度差、所述目标车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述目标车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述目标车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,N为大于或等于1的整数;The first acquiring unit is used to acquire the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps on the target lane, and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap, where the target lane is the target vehicle to which the target vehicle will change lanes. Lane, the lane-changing Gap is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane, and the Gap attribute includes the Gap length of the corresponding lane-changing Gap, and the distance between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle Or Multiple, the first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
模板单元,用于根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数;The template unit is used to obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed. Each lane change Gap template in the lane change Gap template includes a preset lane change Gap and a preset Gap attribute, the preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane change Gap, where M is greater than or equal to 1 Integer
第二获取单元,用于从所述N个换道Gap与所述M个换道Gap模板中获取目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板,其中,所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性与所述目标换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性相似度最高;The second acquiring unit is configured to acquire a target lane-changing Gap and a target lane-changing Gap template from the N lane-changing Gap and the M lane-changing Gap templates, wherein the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap is the same as The preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane change Gap template has the highest similarity;
控制单元,用于根据所述目标换道Gap模板,控制所述目标车辆换道至所述目标换道Gap。The control unit is configured to control the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane change Gap according to the target lane change Gap template.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二获取单元,具体用于:计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度;将相似度排序后,获得相似度最高的一对换道Gap和换道Gap模板为所述目标换道Gap和所述目标换道Gap模板。In a possible implementation manner, the second acquiring unit is specifically configured to: calculate the Gap attribute of each lane-changing gap in the N lane-changing gaps and each lane-changing gap template in the M lane-changing gaps. The similarity between the preset Gap attributes of the lane Gap template; after sorting the similarities, the pair of lane-changing Gap and lane-changing Gap templates with the highest similarity are obtained as the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template .
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:第一计算单元,用于根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板之后,根据所述当前速度,分别确定所述目标车辆与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板匹配的概率;所述第二获取单元,还具体用于:根据所述目标车辆与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板匹配的概率,基于标准化欧式距离评估方法,计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度。In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes: a first calculation unit, configured to obtain the data from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template and the vehicle speed in the Gap template set. After the M lane-changing Gap templates matched by the current speed, determine the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates according to the current speed; the second acquisition The unit is further specifically configured to: calculate each of the N lane-changing gaps based on the standardized Euclidean distance evaluation method based on the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane-changing gap template of the M lane-changing gap templates The similarity between the Gap attribute of the lane-changing Gap and the preset Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述目标换道Gap模板还包括预设换道轨迹;所述控制单元,具体用于根据所述目标换道Gap的Gap属性和所述预设换道轨迹,确定所述目标车辆的换道时间和换道轨迹;根据所述换道时间和所述换道轨迹,控制所述目标车辆由所述当前车道换道至所述目标换道Gap。In a possible implementation manner, the target lane-changing Gap template further includes a preset lane-changing trajectory; the control unit is specifically configured to according to the Gap attribute of the target lane-changing Gap and the preset lane-changing trajectory , Determining the lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle; controlling the target vehicle to change lanes from the current lane to the target lane-changing Gap according to the lane-changing time and the lane-changing trajectory.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:接收单元,用于接收并保存服务设备发送的所述Gap模板集合。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive and save the set of Gap templates sent by the service device.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种车辆换道装置,包括:In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle lane changing device, including:
发送单元,用于向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合,其中,所述Gap模板集合,用于所述目标车辆根据所述Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述目标车辆的当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,所述Gap属性包括对应预设换道Gap的Gap长度、所 述对应预设换道Gap与换道车辆之间的距离、所述对应预设换道Gap与所述换道车辆之间的速度差、所述换道车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述换道车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述换道车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,所述目标车辆属于所述换道车辆,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数;The sending unit is configured to send a set of Gap templates to a target vehicle, where the set of Gap templates is used by the target vehicle according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the set of Gap templates and the vehicle speed, from the Obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed of the target vehicle from the Gap template set. Each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates includes preset lane-changing gaps and preset Gap attributes, so The preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, and the Gap attribute includes the Gap length corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, the distance between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, The speed difference between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the distance between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle The first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the lane-changing vehicle is currently located, and the target vehicle belongs to the lane-changing vehicle, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
所述M个换道Gap模板用于所述目标车辆从所述M个换道Gap模板以及目标车道上的N个换道Gap中获取目标换道Gap模板与目标换道Gap,其中,所述目标换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性与所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性相似度最高,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙。The M lane-changing Gap templates are used for the target vehicle to obtain the target lane-changing Gap template and the target lane-changing Gap from the M lane-changing Gap templates and the N lane-changing Gaps in the target lane, wherein the The preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap template has the highest similarity with the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap. The target lane is the lane to which the target vehicle will change lanes, and the lane-changing Gap is the The gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:第三获取单元,用于向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合之前,获取多个换道样本数据,其中,每个换道样本数据均与一个车辆速度对应,所述每个换道样本数据包括样本换道Gap以及样本Gap属性,所述样本Gap属性为所述样本换道Gap对应的Gap属性;划分单元,用于根据所述每个换道样本数据对应的车辆速度的大小,将所述多个换道样本数据分别划分至多个不同速度段的数据集合中,其中,所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个速度段的数据集合均与相邻的两个速度段的数据集合有交集;第二计算单元,用于计算每个速度段的数据集合中包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本Gap属性平均值,获得每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板;第四获取单元,用于根据所述每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板,获得所述多个换道样本数据对应的所述Gap模板集合以及所述Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系。In a possible implementation, the device further includes: a third acquiring unit, configured to acquire multiple lane-changing sample data before sending the Gap template set to the target vehicle, wherein each lane-changing sample data is associated with one Corresponding to the vehicle speed, each lane change sample data includes a sample lane change Gap and a sample Gap attribute, the sample Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the sample lane change Gap; The size of the vehicle speed corresponding to the lane sample data, the multiple lane-changing sample data are respectively divided into multiple data sets of different speed segments, wherein the data of each speed segment in the multiple data sets of different speed segments The set has an intersection with the data sets of two adjacent speed sections; the second calculation unit is used to calculate the average value of the sample Gap attribute corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed section, Obtain the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section; the fourth obtaining unit is configured to obtain the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section to obtain the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the multiple lane-changing sample data. The Gap template set and the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:删除单元,用于在根据所述每个换道样本数据对应的车辆速度的大小,将所述多个换道样本数据分别划分至多个不同速度段的数据集合中之后,删除所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个数据集合包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本换道Gap以及样本Gap属性中,不满足三西格玛3sigma准则的换道样本数据。In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes: a deleting unit configured to divide the multiple lane change sample data into multiple lane change sample data according to the magnitude of the vehicle speed corresponding to each lane change sample data. After the data sets of different speed sections are deleted, the sample lane change gap corresponding to one or more lane change sample data contained in each data set of the multiple different speed section data sets and the sample gap attributes do not satisfy the three requirements. Lane change sample data based on Sigma 3sigma criterion.
第五方面,一种智能车辆,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器以及通信接口,其中,所述存储器用于存储信息发送程序代码,所述处理器用于调用所述车辆行驶控制程序代码来执行第一方面所述的方法。In a fifth aspect, an intelligent vehicle is characterized by comprising a processor, a memory, and a communication interface, wherein the memory is used to store information sending program code, and the processor is used to call the vehicle driving control program code to execute The method described in the first aspect.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种服务设备,该服务设备中包括处理器,处理器被配置为支持该服务设备实现第二方面提供的车辆行驶控制方法中相应的功能。该服务设备还可以包括存储器,存储器用于与处理器耦合,其保存该服务设备必要的程序指令和数据。该服务设备还可以包括通信接口,用于该服务设备与其他设备或通信网络通信。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a service device, the service device includes a processor, and the processor is configured to support the service device to implement corresponding functions in the vehicle driving control method provided in the second aspect. The service device may also include a memory, which is used for coupling with the processor, and stores the necessary program instructions and data of the service device. The service device may also include a communication interface for the service device to communicate with other devices or a communication network.
第七方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于支持服务设备实现上述第一方面中所涉及的功能,例如,生成或处理上述第一方面车辆换道方法中所涉及的信息。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存数据发送设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a chip system that includes a processor for supporting the service device to implement the functions involved in the above-mentioned first aspect, for example, generating or processing the vehicle lane changing method in the above-mentioned first aspect The information involved. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store program instructions and data necessary for the data sending device. The chip system can be composed of chips, or include chips and other discrete devices.
第八方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于支持服务设备 实现上述第二方面中所涉及的功能,例如,生成或处理上述第二方面车辆换道方法中所涉及的信息。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存数据发送设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a chip system that includes a processor for supporting a service device to implement the functions involved in the second aspect, for example, generating or processing the vehicle lane change method in the second aspect The information involved. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store program instructions and data necessary for the data sending device. The chip system can be composed of chips, or include chips and other discrete devices.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,用于储存为上述第一方面提供的一种车辆行驶控制装置所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述第一方面所设计的程序。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions used for the vehicle driving control device provided in the above-mentioned first aspect, which includes instructions for executing the design in the above-mentioned first aspect program of.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,用于储存为上述第二方面提供的一种服务设备中所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述第二方面所设计的程序。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions used in a service device provided in the above second aspect, which includes instructions for executing the design in the above second aspect program.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序,该计算机程序包括指令,当该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面中的车辆换道装置所执行的流程。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, the computer program including instructions, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the process executed by the vehicle lane changing device in the first aspect.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序,该计算机程序包括指令,当该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第二方面中的服务设备所执行的流程。In a twelfth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program, the computer program including instructions, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the process executed by the service device in the second aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或背景技术中的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。In order to more clearly describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application or the background art, the following will describe the drawings that need to be used in the embodiments of the present application or the background art.
图1A是本申请实施例提供的一种车辆行驶控制系统构架示意图。FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a vehicle driving control system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图1B是本申请实施例提供的另一种车辆行驶控制系统构架示意图。Fig. 1B is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle driving control system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图2A是本申请实施例提供的一种智能车辆002的功能框图。Fig. 2A is a functional block diagram of a smart vehicle 002 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图2B是本申请实施例提供的一种车辆换道装置结构示意图。Fig. 2B is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图2C是本申请实施例提供的另一种智能车辆002的功能框图。FIG. 2C is a functional block diagram of another smart vehicle 002 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图2D是本申请实施例提供的另一种车辆换道装置结构示意图。Fig. 2D is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3A是本申请实施例提供的一种车辆换道方法的流程示意图。FIG. 3A is a schematic flowchart of a vehicle lane changing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3B是本申请实施例提供的一种服务设备监控某一路段的场景示意图。FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a service device monitors a certain road section according to an embodiment of the present application.
图3C是本申请实施例提供的一种筛选样本换道数据的流程示意图。Fig. 3C is a schematic diagram of a process for screening sample lane change data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3D是本申请实施例提供的一种基于车辆速度划分不同速度段的数据集的流程示意图。FIG. 3D is a schematic flowchart of a data set for dividing different speed segments based on vehicle speed according to an embodiment of the present application.
图3E是本申请实施例提供的一种基于车辆速度划分不同速度段的数据集示意图。FIG. 3E is a schematic diagram of a data set that divides different speed segments based on vehicle speed according to an embodiment of the present application.
图3F是本申请实施例提供的一种筛选过后不同速度段的数据集示意图。FIG. 3F is a schematic diagram of a data set of different speed segments after screening provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3G是本申请实施例提供的一种获取目标车道上的N个换道Gap的流程示意图。FIG. 3G is a schematic diagram of a process for acquiring N lane-changing gaps on a target lane according to an embodiment of the present application.
图3H是本申请实施例提供的一种换道Gap的Gap属性示意图。FIG. 3H is a schematic diagram of Gap attributes of a lane-changing Gap provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图3I是本申请实施例提供的一种在应用场景下控制目标车辆由当前车道换道至目标换道Gap的车载屏幕示意图。FIG. 3I is a schematic diagram of a vehicle-mounted screen for controlling a target vehicle to change lanes from a current lane to a target lane-changing Gap in an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
图3J是本申请实施例提供的一种应用于图3I的车辆换道至目标换道Gap的场景示意图。FIG. 3J is a schematic diagram of a scene that is applied to the vehicle lane changing to the target lane changing Gap of FIG. 3I according to an embodiment of the present application.
图4A是本申请实施例提供的又一种车辆换道装置的结构示意图。Fig. 4A is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4B是本申请实施例提供的又一种车辆换道装置的结构示意图。FIG. 4B is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5A是本申请实施例提供的又一种车辆换道装置结构示意图。Fig. 5A is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5B是本申请实施例提供的又一种车辆换道装置结构示意图。Fig. 5B is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例进行描述。The embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及所述附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first" and "second" in the specification and claims of the application and the drawings are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific sequence. In addition, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations of them are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally includes unlisted steps or units, or optionally also includes Other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or equipment.
在本文中提及“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是,本文所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。The reference to "embodiments" herein means that a specific feature, structure, or characteristic described in conjunction with the embodiments may be included in at least one embodiment of the present application. The appearance of the phrase in various places in the specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment, nor is it an independent or alternative embodiment mutually exclusive with other embodiments. Those skilled in the art clearly and implicitly understand that the embodiments described herein can be combined with other embodiments.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如,通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system", etc. used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor. Through the illustration, both the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components. One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed among two or more computers. In addition, these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. The component may be based on, for example, data having one or more data packets (for example, data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, for example, the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Signals are communicated through local and/or remote processes.
首先,对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。First of all, some terms in this application are explained to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
(1)电子控制单元(Electronic Control Unit,ECU),电控单元是电子控制单元的简称。电控单元的功用是根据其内存的程序和数据对空气流量计及各种传感器输入的信息进行运算、处理、判断,然后输出指令,向喷油器提供一定宽度的电脉冲信号以控制喷油量。电控单元由微型计算机、输入、输出及控制电路等组成。(1) Electronic Control Unit (ECU), which is the abbreviation of Electronic Control Unit. The function of the electronic control unit is to calculate, process, and judge the information input by the air flow meter and various sensors according to the programs and data in its memory, and then output instructions to provide a certain width of electrical pulse signal to the fuel injector to control fuel injection quantity. The electronic control unit is composed of a microcomputer, input, output and control circuits.
(2)世界坐标系,是系统的绝对坐标系,在没有建立用户坐标系之前画面上所有点的坐标都是以该坐标系的原点来确定各自的位置的。(2) The world coordinate system is the absolute coordinate system of the system. Before the user coordinate system is established, the coordinates of all points on the screen are determined by the origin of the coordinate system.
(3)阿克曼原理,阿克曼原理的基本观点是:汽车在行驶(直线行驶和转弯行驶)中,每个车轮的运动轨迹,都必须完全符合它的自然运动轨迹,从而保证轮胎和地面间处于纯滚动而无滑移现象。(3) The Ackerman principle. The basic point of the Ackerman principle is: when a car is driving (straight driving and turning), the trajectory of each wheel must fully conform to its natural trajectory, so as to ensure that the tires and The ground is in pure rolling without slipping.
(4)三西格玛(3sigma)准则,又称为拉依达准则,它是先假设一组检测数据只含有随机误差,对其进行计算处理得到标准偏差,按一定概率确定一个区间,认为凡超过这个区间的误差,就不属于随机误差而是粗大误差,含有该误差的数据应予以剔除。(4) Three sigma (3sigma) criterion, also known as Laida criterion, is to first assume that a set of test data contains only random errors, calculate and process them to obtain the standard deviation, and determine an interval according to a certain probability. The error in this interval is not a random error but a gross error, and the data containing this error should be eliminated.
(5)路侧单元(Road Side Unit,RSU),可以是由高增益定向束控读写天线和射频控制器组成。高增益定向束控读写天线是一个微波收发模块,负责信号和数据的发送/接收、调制/解调、编码/解码、加密/解密;射频控制器是控制发射和接收数据以及处理向上位机收发信息的模块。(5) Road Side Unit (RSU), which can be composed of a high-gain directional beam control read-write antenna and a radio frequency controller. The high-gain directional beam control read-write antenna is a microwave transceiver module, responsible for signal and data transmission/reception, modulation/demodulation, encoding/decoding, encryption/decryption; the radio frequency controller controls the transmission and reception of data and processes the upper computer Module for sending and receiving information.
(6)&&可以用作逻辑与的运算符,表示逻辑与(and),当运算符两边的表达式的结果都为真时,整个运算结果才为真,否则,只要有一方为假,则结果为假。(6) && can be used as a logical AND operator, which means logical and (and). When the results of the expressions on both sides of the operator are true, the entire operation result is true. Otherwise, as long as one of them is false, then The result is false.
其次,基于本申请中对应的应用场景,也为了便于理解本申请实施例,Secondly, based on the corresponding application scenarios in this application, and also in order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of this application,
为了便于理解本申请实施例,下面先对本申请实施例所基于的其中一种车辆行驶控制系统架构进行描述。请参阅图1A,图1A是本申请实施例提供的一种车辆行驶控制系统构架示意图。本申请中的车辆行驶控制系统构架可以包括图1A中的服务设备001和智能车辆002,其中,服务设备001和智能车辆002可以通过网络通信,以使得服务设备001监控智能车辆002由当前车道换道至目标车道上行驶。可以理解的是,请参阅图1B,图1B是本申请实施例提供的另一种车辆行驶控制系统构架示意图。服务设备001可以同时监控处于服务设备001覆盖区域内的多个智能车辆002。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, one of the vehicle driving control system architectures based on the embodiments of the present application will be described below. Please refer to FIG. 1A. FIG. 1A is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle driving control system provided by an embodiment of the present application. The architecture of the vehicle driving control system in this application may include the service device 001 and the smart vehicle 002 in FIG. 1A, where the service device 001 and the smart vehicle 002 can communicate through the network, so that the service device 001 monitors that the smart vehicle 002 changes from the current lane. Road to the target lane. It is understandable that please refer to FIG. 1B, which is a schematic diagram of the architecture of another vehicle driving control system provided by an embodiment of the present application. The service device 001 can simultaneously monitor multiple smart vehicles 002 in the coverage area of the service device 001.
服务设备001,该服务设备001可以是安装在路侧,采用专用短程通信技术(Dedicated Short Range Communication,DSRC),与车载单元(OBU,On Board Unit)进行通讯,实现车辆身份识别,速度检测等的服务装置;该服务设备001还可以是用于是一种通过快速获取、处理、分析和提取数据,以交互数据为基础,为第三方使用带来各种便利的服务设备。例如:后台服务器、云服务器、路侧单元等等。服务设备001在本申请中可以向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合,还可以为目标车辆提供目标车辆周围的道路分布地图,该道路分布地图可以包括道路分布的高精度坐标,同时还有准确的道路形状,并且每个车道的坡度、曲率、航向、高程,侧倾等数据,还可以包括每个车道内形式的车辆数据等也都含有。例如:道路分布地图所提供的每条车道和车道之间的车道线,是虚线,实线还是双黄线,线的颜色,道路的隔离带,隔离带的材质甚至道路上的箭头、文字的内容,所在位置都会有描述。 Service equipment 001, the service equipment 001 can be installed on the roadside, using dedicated short-range communication technology (Dedicated Short Range Communication, DSRC) to communicate with the onboard unit (OBU, On Board Unit) to realize vehicle identification, speed detection, etc. The service device; the service device 001 can also be used to quickly acquire, process, analyze, and extract data, based on interactive data, to bring various conveniences to third parties. For example: backend server, cloud server, roadside unit, etc. In this application, the service device 001 can send a collection of Gap templates to the target vehicle, and can also provide the target vehicle with a road distribution map around the target vehicle. The road distribution map can include high-precision coordinates of the road distribution, as well as accurate road shapes. , And the slope, curvature, heading, elevation, roll and other data of each lane can also include the vehicle data in each lane. For example: The lane line between each lane and the lane provided by the road distribution map is a dashed line, a solid line or a double yellow line, the color of the line, the isolation zone of the road, the material of the isolation zone and even the arrow and text on the road The content and location will be described.
智能车辆002是通过车载传感系统感知道路环境,自动规划行车路线并控制车辆到达预定目标的汽车。智能汽车集中运用了计算机、现代传感、信息融合、通讯、人工智能及自动控制等技术,是一个集环境感知、规划决策、多等级辅助驾驶等功能于一体的高新技术综合体。其中,本申请中的智能车辆可以是主要依靠车内的以计算机系统为主的智能驾驶仪来实现主动换道的车辆,可以是拥有辅助驾驶系统或者全自动驾驶系统的智能车辆,还可以是轮式移动机器人等。当智能车辆002行驶在服务设备覆盖区域内的路段时,智能车辆中的电子控制单元可以接收服务设备001发送的Gap模板集合,还可以获取目标车辆的当前速度、目标车道上的N个换道Gap以及每个换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙,所述Gap属性包括对应换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的距离、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的速度差、所述目标车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述目标车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第 一车辆为所述目标车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,N为大于或等于1的整数;根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数;从所述N个换道Gap与所述M个换道Gap模板中获取目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板,其中,所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性与所述目标换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性相似度最高;通过所述目标换道Gap模板,控制所述目标车辆换道至所述目标换道Gap。The intelligent vehicle 002 is a car that senses the road environment through the on-board sensor system, automatically plans the driving route and controls the vehicle to reach the predetermined target. Smart cars focus on the use of technologies such as computers, modern sensing, information fusion, communications, artificial intelligence, and automatic control. It is a high-tech complex integrating environmental perception, planning and decision-making, and multi-level assisted driving. Among them, the intelligent vehicle in this application may be a vehicle that mainly relies on a computer system-based intelligent driver in the vehicle to automatically change lanes, it may be an intelligent vehicle with an assisted driving system or a fully automatic driving system, or it may be Wheeled mobile robots, etc. When the smart vehicle 002 is driving on a road section within the coverage area of the service device, the electronic control unit in the smart vehicle can receive the Gap template set sent by the service device 001, and can also obtain the current speed of the target vehicle and the N number of lane changes on the target lane Gap and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing Gap, where the target lane is the lane to which the target vehicle will change lanes, and the lane-changing Gap is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane The Gap attribute includes the Gap length of the corresponding lane-changing Gap, the distance between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, the speed difference between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, and the target vehicle. One or more of the distance between the vehicle and the first vehicle and the speed difference between the target vehicle and the first vehicle, the first vehicle being the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located , N is an integer greater than or equal to 1; According to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed, obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set, Each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates includes a preset lane-changing Gap and a preset Gap attribute, the preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, where M is An integer greater than or equal to 1; the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template are obtained from the N lane-changing Gap and the M lane-changing Gap templates, wherein the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap is the same as The preset Gap attribute similarity corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap template is the highest; through the target lane-changing Gap template, the target vehicle is controlled to change lanes to the target lane-changing Gap.
可以理解的是,图1A和图1B中的车辆行驶控制系统架构只是本申请实施例中的一种示例性的实施方式,本申请实施例中的车辆行驶控制系统架构包括但不仅限于以上车辆行驶控制系统架构。It is understandable that the vehicle travel control system architecture in FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B is only an exemplary implementation in the embodiment of the present application, and the vehicle travel control system architecture in the embodiment of the present application includes but is not limited to the above vehicle travel Control system architecture.
基于上述车辆行驶控制系统架构,本申请实施例提供了一种应用于上述车辆行驶控制系统架构中的智能车辆002,请参见图2A,图2A是本申请实施例提供的一种智能车辆002的功能框图。在一个实施例中,可以将智能车辆002配置为完全或部分地自动驾驶模式。例如,智能车辆002可以在处于自动驾驶模式中的同时控制自身,并且可通过人为操作来确定车辆及其周边环境的当前状态,确定周边环境中的至少一个其他车辆的可能行为,并确定该其他车辆执行可能行为的可能性相对应的置信水平,基于所确定的信息来控制智能车辆002。在智能车辆002处于自动驾驶模式中时,可以将智能车辆002置为在没有和人交互的情况下操作。Based on the foregoing vehicle travel control system architecture, an embodiment of the present application provides a smart vehicle 002 applied to the foregoing vehicle travel control system architecture. Please refer to FIG. 2A. Functional block diagram. In one embodiment, the smart vehicle 002 can be configured in a fully or partially autonomous driving mode. For example, the smart vehicle 002 can control itself while in the automatic driving mode, and can determine the current state of the vehicle and its surrounding environment through human operation, determine the possible behavior of at least one other vehicle in the surrounding environment, and determine the other The confidence level corresponding to the likelihood of the vehicle performing possible behaviors is used to control the smart vehicle 002 based on the determined information. When the smart vehicle 002 is in the automatic driving mode, the smart vehicle 002 can be set to operate without human interaction.
智能车辆002可包括各种子系统,例如行进系统202、传感器系统204、控制系统206、一个或多个外围设备208以及电源210、计算机系统212和用户接口216。可选地,智能车辆002可包括更多或更少的子系统,并且每个子系统可包括多个元件。另外,智能车辆002的每个子系统和元件可以通过有线或者无线互连。The smart vehicle 002 may include various subsystems, such as a travel system 202, a sensor system 204, a control system 206, one or more peripheral devices 208 and a power supply 210, a computer system 212, and a user interface 216. Optionally, the smart vehicle 002 may include more or fewer subsystems, and each subsystem may include multiple elements. In addition, each of the subsystems and components of the smart vehicle 002 can be wired or wirelessly interconnected.
行进系统202可包括为智能车辆002提供动力运动的组件。在一个实施例中,行进系统202可包括引擎218、能量源219、传动装置220和车轮/轮胎221。引擎218可以是内燃引擎、电动机、空气压缩引擎或其他类型的引擎组合,例如气油发动机和电动机组成的混动引擎,内燃引擎和空气压缩引擎组成的混动引擎。引擎218将能量源219转换成机械能量。The travel system 202 may include components that provide power to the smart vehicle 002. In one embodiment, the travel system 202 may include an engine 218, an energy source 219, a transmission 220, and wheels/tires 221. The engine 218 may be an internal combustion engine, an electric motor, an air compression engine, or a combination of other types of engines, such as a hybrid engine composed of a gas oil engine and an electric motor, or a hybrid engine composed of an internal combustion engine and an air compression engine. The engine 218 converts the energy source 219 into mechanical energy.
能量源219的示例包括汽油、柴油、其他基于石油的燃料、丙烷、其他基于压缩气体的燃料、乙醇、太阳能电池板、电池和其他电力来源。能量源219也可以为智能车辆002的其他系统提供能量。Examples of energy sources 219 include gasoline, diesel, other petroleum-based fuels, propane, other compressed gas-based fuels, ethanol, solar panels, batteries, and other sources of electricity. The energy source 219 can also provide energy for other systems of the smart vehicle 002.
传动装置220可以将来自引擎218的机械动力传送到车轮221。传动装置220可包括变速箱、差速器和驱动轴。在一个实施例中,传动装置220还可以包括其他器件,比如离合器。其中,驱动轴可包括可耦合到一个或多个车轮221的一个或多个轴。The transmission 220 can transmit the mechanical power from the engine 218 to the wheels 221. The transmission 220 may include a gearbox, a differential, and a drive shaft. In an embodiment, the transmission device 220 may also include other devices, such as a clutch. Among them, the drive shaft may include one or more shafts that can be coupled to one or more wheels 221.
传感器系统204可包括感测关于智能车辆002周边的环境的信息的若干个传感器。例如,传感器系统204可包括定位系统222(定位系统可以是GPS系统,也可以是北斗系统或者其他定位系统)、惯性测量单元(inertial measurement unit,IMU)224、雷达226、激光 测距仪228以及相机230。传感器系统204还可包括被监视智能车辆002的内部系统的传感器(例如,车内空气质量监测器、燃油量表、机油温度表等)。来自这些传感器中的一个或多个的传感器数据可用于检测对象及其相应特性(位置、形状、方向、速度等)。这种检测和识别是自主智能车辆002的安全操作的关键功能。The sensor system 204 may include several sensors that sense information about the environment around the smart vehicle 002. For example, the sensor system 204 may include a positioning system 222 (the positioning system may be a GPS system, a Beidou system or other positioning systems), an inertial measurement unit (IMU) 224, a radar 226, a laser rangefinder 228, and Camera 230. The sensor system 204 may also include sensors of the internal system of the smart vehicle 002 to be monitored (for example, an in-vehicle air quality monitor, a fuel gauge, an oil temperature gauge, etc.). Sensor data from one or more of these sensors can be used to detect objects and their corresponding characteristics (position, shape, direction, speed, etc.). Such detection and identification are the key functions for the safe operation of the autonomous intelligent vehicle 002.
定位系统222可用于估计智能车辆002的地理位置。IMU 224用于基于惯性加速度来感测智能车辆002的位置和朝向变化。在一个实施例中,IMU 224可以是加速度计和陀螺仪的组合。例如:IMU 224可以用于测量智能车辆002的曲率。The positioning system 222 can be used to estimate the geographic location of the smart vehicle 002. The IMU 224 is used to sense the position and orientation changes of the smart vehicle 002 based on inertial acceleration. In one embodiment, the IMU 224 may be a combination of an accelerometer and a gyroscope. For example: IMU 224 can be used to measure the curvature of smart vehicle 002.
雷达226可利用无线电信号来感测智能车辆002的周边环境内的物体。在一些实施例中,除了感测物体以外,雷达226还可用于感测物体的速度和/或前进方向。The radar 226 can use radio signals to sense objects in the surrounding environment of the smart vehicle 002. In some embodiments, in addition to sensing the object, the radar 226 may also be used to sense the speed and/or heading direction of the object.
激光测距仪228可利用激光来感测智能车辆002所位于的环境中的物体。在一些实施例中,激光测距仪228可包括一个或多个激光源、激光扫描器以及一个或多个检测器,以及其他系统组件。The laser rangefinder 228 can use laser light to sense objects in the environment where the smart vehicle 002 is located. In some embodiments, the laser rangefinder 228 may include one or more laser sources, laser scanners, and one or more detectors, as well as other system components.
相机230可用于捕捉智能车辆002的周边环境的多个图像。相机230可以是静态相机或视频相机。The camera 230 can be used to capture multiple images of the surrounding environment of the smart vehicle 002. The camera 230 may be a still camera or a video camera.
控制系统206为控制智能车辆002及其组件的操作。控制系统206可包括各种元件,其中包括转向系统232、油门234、制动单元236、传感器融合算法238、计算机视觉系统240、路线控制系统242以及障碍物避免系统244。The control system 206 controls the operation of the intelligent vehicle 002 and its components. The control system 206 may include various components, including a steering system 232, a throttle 234, a braking unit 236, a sensor fusion algorithm 238, a computer vision system 240, a route control system 242, and an obstacle avoidance system 244.
转向系统232可操作来调整智能车辆002的前进方向。例如在一个实施例中可以为方向盘系统。The steering system 232 is operable to adjust the forward direction of the smart vehicle 002. For example, in one embodiment, it may be a steering wheel system.
油门234用于控制引擎218的操作速度并进而控制智能车辆002的速度。The throttle 234 is used to control the operating speed of the engine 218 and thereby control the speed of the smart vehicle 002.
制动单元236用于控制智能车辆002减速。制动单元236可使用摩擦力来减慢车轮221。在其他实施例中,制动单元236可将车轮221的动能转换为电流。制动单元236也可采取其他形式来减慢车轮221转速从而控制智能车辆002的速度。The braking unit 236 is used to control the smart vehicle 002 to decelerate. The braking unit 236 may use friction to slow down the wheels 221. In other embodiments, the braking unit 236 may convert the kinetic energy of the wheels 221 into electric current. The braking unit 236 may also take other forms to slow down the rotation speed of the wheels 221 so as to control the speed of the smart vehicle 002.
计算机视觉系统240可以操作来处理和分析由相机230捕捉的图像以便识别智能车辆002周边环境中的物体和/或特征。所述物体和/或特征可包括交通信号、道路边界和障碍物。计算机视觉系统240可使用物体识别算法、运动中恢复结构(Structure from Motion,SFM)算法、视频跟踪和其他计算机视觉技术。在一些实施例中,计算机视觉系统240可以用于为环境绘制地图、跟踪物体、估计物体的速度等等。The computer vision system 240 may be operable to process and analyze the images captured by the camera 230 in order to identify objects and/or features in the surrounding environment of the smart vehicle 002. The objects and/or features may include traffic signals, road boundaries and obstacles. The computer vision system 240 may use object recognition algorithms, Structure from Motion (SFM) algorithms, video tracking, and other computer vision technologies. In some embodiments, the computer vision system 240 may be used to map the environment, track objects, estimate the speed of objects, and so on.
路线控制系统242用于确定智能车辆002的行驶路线。在一些实施例中,路线控制系统242可结合来自传感器238、GPS 222和一个或多个预定地图的数据以为智能车辆002确定行驶路线。The route control system 242 is used to determine the driving route of the smart vehicle 002. In some embodiments, the route control system 242 may combine data from the sensor 238, the GPS 222, and one or more predetermined maps to determine the driving route for the smart vehicle 002.
障碍物避免系统244用于识别、评估和避免或者以其他方式越过智能车辆002的环境中的潜在障碍物。The obstacle avoidance system 244 is used to identify, evaluate and avoid or otherwise cross over potential obstacles in the environment of the smart vehicle 002.
当然,在一个实例中,控制系统206可以增加或替换地包括除了所示出和描述的那些以外的组件。或者也可以减少一部分上述示出的组件。Of course, in one example, the control system 206 may additionally or alternatively include components other than those shown and described. Alternatively, a part of the components shown above may be reduced.
智能车辆002通过外围设备208与外部传感器、其他车辆、其他计算机系统或用户之间进行交互。外围设备208可包括无线通信系统246、车载电脑248、麦克风250和/或扬声器252。The smart vehicle 002 interacts with external sensors, other vehicles, other computer systems, or users through peripheral devices 208. The peripheral device 208 may include a wireless communication system 246, an onboard computer 248, a microphone 250, and/or a speaker 252.
在一些实施例中,外围设备208提供智能车辆002的用户与用户接口216交互的手段。例如,车载电脑248可向智能车辆002的用户提供信息。用户接口216还可操作车载电脑248来接收用户的输入。车载电脑248可以通过触摸屏进行操作。在其他情况中,外围设备208可提供用于智能车辆002与位于车内的其它设备通信的手段。例如,麦克风250可从智能车辆002的用户接收音频(例如,语音命令或其他音频输入)。类似地,扬声器252可向智能车辆002的用户输出音频。In some embodiments, the peripheral device 208 provides a means for the user of the smart vehicle 002 to interact with the user interface 216. For example, the onboard computer 248 can provide information to the user of the smart vehicle 002. The user interface 216 can also operate the onboard computer 248 to receive user input. The on-board computer 248 can be operated via a touch screen. In other cases, the peripheral device 208 may provide a means for the smart vehicle 002 to communicate with other devices located in the vehicle. For example, the microphone 250 may receive audio (eg, voice commands or other audio input) from the user of the smart vehicle 002. Similarly, the speaker 252 may output audio to the user of the smart vehicle 002.
无线通信系统246可以直接地或者经由通信网络来与一个或多个设备无线通信。例如,无线通信系统246可使用3G蜂窝通信,例如CDMA、EVD0、GSM/GPRS,或者4G蜂窝通信,例如LTE。或者5G蜂窝通信。无线通信系统246可利用WiFi与无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)通信。在一些实施例中,无线通信系统246可利用红外链路、蓝牙或ZigBee与设备直接通信。其他无线协议,例如:各种车辆通信系统,例如,无线通信系统246可包括一个或多个专用短程通信(dedicated short range communications,DSRC)设备,这些设备可包括车辆和/或路边台站之间的公共和/或私有数据通信。The wireless communication system 246 may wirelessly communicate with one or more devices directly or via a communication network. For example, the wireless communication system 246 may use 3G cellular communication, such as CDMA, EVDO, GSM/GPRS, or 4G cellular communication, such as LTE. Or 5G cellular communication. The wireless communication system 246 may use WiFi to communicate with a wireless local area network (WLAN). In some embodiments, the wireless communication system 246 may directly communicate with the device using an infrared link, Bluetooth, or ZigBee. Other wireless protocols, such as: various vehicle communication systems. For example, the wireless communication system 246 may include one or more dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) devices, which may include vehicles and/or roadside stations. Public and/or private data communication between.
电源210可向智能车辆002的各种组件提供电力。在一个实施例中,电源210可以为可再充电锂离子或铅酸电池。这种电池的一个或多个电池组可被配置为电源为智能车辆002的各种组件提供电力。在一些实施例中,电源210和能量源219可一起实现,例如一些全电动车中那样。The power supply 210 can provide power to various components of the smart vehicle 002. In one embodiment, the power source 210 may be a rechargeable lithium ion or lead-acid battery. One or more battery packs of such batteries can be configured as a power source to provide power to various components of the smart vehicle 002. In some embodiments, the power source 210 and the energy source 219 may be implemented together, such as in some all-electric vehicles.
智能车辆002的部分或所有功能受计算机系统212控制。计算机系统212可包括至少一个处理器213,处理器213执行存储在例如数据存储装置214这样的非暂态计算机可读介质中的指令215。计算机系统212还可以是采用分布式方式控制智能车辆002的个体组件或子系统的多个计算设备。Part or all of the functions of the smart vehicle 002 are controlled by the computer system 212. The computer system 212 may include at least one processor 213 that executes instructions 215 stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium such as a data storage device 214. The computer system 212 may also be multiple computing devices that control individual components or subsystems of the smart vehicle 002 in a distributed manner.
处理器213可以是任何常规的处理器,诸如商业可获得的CPU。替选地,该处理器可以是诸如ASIC或其它基于硬件的处理器的专用设备。尽管图2A功能性地图示了处理器、存储器、和在相同块中的计算机120的其它元件,但是本领域的普通技术人员应该理解该处理器、计算机、或存储器实际上可以包括可以或者可以不存储在相同的物理外壳内的多个处理器、计算机、或存储器。例如,存储器可以是硬盘驱动器或位于不同于计算机120的外壳内的其它存储介质。因此,对处理器或计算机的引用将被理解为包括对可以或者可以不并行操作的处理器或计算机或存储器的集合的引用。不同于使用单一的处理器来执行此处所描述的步骤,诸如转向组件和减速组件的一些组件每个都可以具有其自己的处理器,所述处理器只执行与特定于组件的功能相关的计算。The processor 213 may be any conventional processor, such as a commercially available CPU. Alternatively, the processor may be a dedicated device such as an ASIC or other hardware-based processor. Although FIG. 2A functionally illustrates the processor, memory, and other elements of the computer 120 in the same block, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that the processor, computer, or memory may actually include Multiple processors, computers, or memories stored in the same physical enclosure. For example, the memory may be a hard disk drive or other storage medium located in a housing other than the computer 120. Therefore, a reference to a processor or computer will be understood to include a reference to a collection of processors or computers or memories that may or may not operate in parallel. Rather than using a single processor to perform the steps described here, some components such as steering components and deceleration components may each have its own processor that only performs calculations related to component-specific functions .
在此处所描述的各个方面中,处理器可以位于远离该车辆并且与该车辆进行无线通信。在其它方面中,此处所描述的过程中的一些在布置于车辆内的处理器上执行而其它则由远程处理器执行,包括采取执行单一操纵的必要步骤。In the various aspects described herein, the processor may be located away from the vehicle and wirelessly communicate with the vehicle. In other aspects, some of the processes described herein are executed on a processor disposed in the vehicle and others are executed by a remote processor, including taking the necessary steps to perform a single manipulation.
在一些实施例中,数据存储装置214可包含指令215(例如,程序逻辑),指令215可被处理器213执行来执行智能车辆002的各种功能,包括以上描述的那些功能。数据存储装置224也可包含额外的指令,包括向推进系统202、传感器系统204、控制系统206和外围设备208中的一个或多个发送数据、从其接收数据、与其交互和/或对其进行控制的指令。In some embodiments, the data storage device 214 may include instructions 215 (eg, program logic), which may be executed by the processor 213 to perform various functions of the smart vehicle 002, including those described above. The data storage device 224 may also contain additional instructions, including sending data to, receiving data from, interacting with, and/or performing data on one or more of the propulsion system 202, the sensor system 204, the control system 206, and the peripheral device 208. Control instructions.
除了指令215以外,数据存储装置214还可存储数据,例如道路地图、路线信息,车辆的位置、方向、速度以及其它这样的车辆数据,以及其他信息。这种信息可在智能车辆002在自主、半自主和/或手动模式中操作期间被智能车辆002和计算机系统212使用。例如:根据所述N个换道Gap中每一个换道Gap对应的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板每一个换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性,确定目标换道Gap模板和目标换道Gap,以使智能车辆高效安全的换道。In addition to the instructions 215, the data storage device 214 may also store data, such as road maps, route information, the location, direction, and speed of the vehicle, and other such vehicle data, as well as other information. Such information may be used by the smart vehicle 002 and the computer system 212 during operation of the smart vehicle 002 in autonomous, semi-autonomous, and/or manual modes. For example: according to the Gap attributes corresponding to each of the N lane changing Gaps and the preset Gap attributes corresponding to each lane changing Gap template of the M lane changing Gap templates, the target lane changing Gap template and target are determined Change lanes Gap to enable smart vehicles to change lanes efficiently and safely.
用户接口216,用于向智能车辆002的用户提供信息或从其接收信息。可选地,用户接口216可包括在外围设备208的集合内的一个或多个输入/输出设备,例如无线通信系统246、车车在电脑248、麦克风250和扬声器252。The user interface 216 is used to provide information to or receive information from the user of the smart vehicle 002. Optionally, the user interface 216 may include one or more input/output devices in the set of peripheral devices 208, such as a wireless communication system 246, an in-vehicle computer 248, a microphone 250, and a speaker 252.
计算机系统212可基于从各种子系统(例如,行进系统202、传感器系统204和控制系统206)以及从用户接口216接收的输入来控制智能车辆002的功能。例如,计算机系统212可利用来自控制系统206的输入以便控制转向单元232来避免由传感器系统204和障碍物避免系统244检测到的障碍物。在一些实施例中,计算机系统212可操作来对智能车辆002及其子系统的许多方面提供控制。The computer system 212 may control the functions of the smart vehicle 002 based on inputs received from various subsystems (eg, the travel system 202, the sensor system 204, and the control system 206) and from the user interface 216. For example, the computer system 212 may utilize input from the control system 206 in order to control the steering unit 232 to avoid obstacles detected by the sensor system 204 and the obstacle avoidance system 244. In some embodiments, the computer system 212 is operable to provide control of many aspects of the smart vehicle 002 and its subsystems.
可选地,上述这些组件中的一个或多个可与智能车辆002分开安装或关联。例如,数据存储装置214可以部分或完全地与智能车辆002分开存在。上述组件可以按有线和/或无线方式来通信地耦合在一起。Optionally, one or more of the above-mentioned components may be installed or associated with the smart vehicle 002 separately. For example, the data storage device 214 may exist partially or completely separately from the smart vehicle 002. The above-mentioned components may be communicatively coupled together in a wired and/or wireless manner.
可选地,上述组件只是一个示例,实际应用中,上述各个模块中的组件有可能根据实际需要增添或者删除,图2A不应理解为对本申请实施例的限制。Optionally, the above-mentioned component is only an example. In actual applications, the components in each of the above-mentioned modules may be added or deleted according to actual needs. FIG. 2A should not be construed as a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
在道路行进的自动驾驶汽车,如上面的智能车辆002,可以识别其周围环境内的物体以确定对当前速度的调整。所述物体可以是其它车辆、交通控制设备、或者其它类型的物体。在一些示例中,可以独立地考虑每个识别的物体,并且基于物体的各自的特性,诸如它的当前速度、加速度、与车辆的间距等,可以用来确定自动驾驶汽车所要调整的速度。A self-driving car traveling on the road, such as the smart vehicle 002 above, can recognize objects in its surrounding environment to determine the current speed adjustment. The object may be other vehicles, traffic control equipment, or other types of objects. In some examples, each recognized object can be considered independently, and based on the respective characteristics of the object, such as its current speed, acceleration, distance from the vehicle, etc., can be used to determine the speed to be adjusted by the self-driving car.
可选地,自动驾驶汽车智能车辆002或者与自动驾驶智能车辆002相关联的计算设备(如图2A的计算机系统212、计算机视觉系统240、数据存储装置214)可以基于所识别的物体的特性和周围环境的状态(例如,交通、雨、道路上的冰、等等)来预测所述识别的物体的行为。可选地,每一个所识别的物体都依赖于彼此的行为,因此还可以将所识别的所有物体全部一起考虑来预测单个识别的物体的行为。智能车辆002能够基于预测的所述识别的物体的行为来调整它的速度。换句话说,自动驾驶汽车能够基于所预测的物体的行为来确定车辆将需要调整到(例如,加速、减速、或者停止)什么稳定状态。在这个过程中,也可以考虑其它因素来确定智能车辆002的速度,诸如,智能车辆002在行驶的道路中的横向位置、道路的曲率、静态和动态物体的接近度等等。Optionally, the self-driving car smart vehicle 002 or the computing device associated with the self-driving smart vehicle 002 (such as the computer system 212, computer vision system 240, and data storage device 214 in FIG. 2A) may be based on the characteristics of the recognized object and The state of the surrounding environment (for example, traffic, rain, ice on the road, etc.) predicts the behavior of the identified object. Optionally, each recognized object depends on each other's behavior, so all recognized objects can also be considered together to predict the behavior of a single recognized object. The smart vehicle 002 can adjust its speed based on the predicted behavior of the identified object. In other words, an autonomous vehicle can determine what stable state the vehicle will need to adjust to (for example, accelerate, decelerate, or stop) based on the predicted behavior of the object. In this process, other factors may also be considered to determine the speed of the smart vehicle 002, such as the lateral position of the smart vehicle 002 on the road, the curvature of the road, the proximity of static and dynamic objects, and so on.
除了提供调整自动驾驶汽车的速度的指令之外,计算设备还可以提供修改智能车辆002的转向角的指令,以使得自动驾驶汽车遵循给定的轨迹和/或维持与自动驾驶汽车附近的物体(例如,道路上的相邻车道中的轿车)的安全横向和纵向距离。In addition to providing instructions to adjust the speed of the self-driving car, the computing device can also provide instructions to modify the steering angle of the smart vehicle 002 so that the self-driving car follows a given trajectory and/or maintains an object near the self-driving car ( For example, the safe horizontal and vertical distances of cars in adjacent lanes on the road.
上述智能车辆002可以为轿车、卡车、摩托车、公共汽车、船、飞机、直升飞机、割草机、娱乐车、游乐场车辆、施工设备、电车、高尔夫球车、火车、和手推车等,本申请实施例不做特别的限定。The above-mentioned smart vehicle 002 can be a car, truck, motorcycle, bus, boat, airplane, helicopter, lawn mower, recreational vehicle, playground vehicle, construction equipment, tram, golf cart, train, and trolley, etc., The embodiments of this application do not make any special limitations.
可以理解的是,图2A中的智能车辆功能图只是本申请实施例中的一种示例性的实施方式,本申请实施例中的智能车辆包括但不仅限于以上结构。It is understandable that the functional diagram of the smart vehicle in FIG. 2A is only an exemplary implementation in the embodiment of the present application, and the smart vehicle in the embodiment of the present application includes but is not limited to the above structure.
请参考附图2B,图2B是本申请实施例提供的一种车辆换道装置结构示意图,应用于上述图2A中,相当于图2A所示的计算机系统212,可以包括处理器203,处理器203和系统总线205耦合。处理器203可以是一个或者多个处理器,其中每个处理器都可以包括一个或多个处理器核。存储器235可以存储相关数据信息,存储器235和系统总线205耦合。显示适配器(video adapter)207,显示适配器可以驱动显示器209,显示器209和系统总线205耦合。系统总线205通过总线桥201和输入输出(I/O)总线213耦合。I/O接口215和I/O总线耦合。I/O接口215和多种I/O设备进行通信,比如输入设备217(如:键盘,鼠标,触摸屏等),多媒体盘(media tray)221,(例如,CD-ROM,多媒体接口等)。收发器223(可以发送和/或接受无线电通信信号),摄像头255(可以捕捉景田和动态数字视频图像)和外部USB接口225。其中,可选地,和I/O接口215相连接的接口可以是USB接口。Please refer to Figure 2B. Figure 2B is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application. 203 is coupled with the system bus 205. The processor 203 may be one or more processors, where each processor may include one or more processor cores. The memory 235 can store related data information, and the memory 235 is coupled to the system bus 205. A display adapter (video adapter) 207, the display adapter can drive the display 209, and the display 209 is coupled to the system bus 205. The system bus 205 is coupled with an input/output (I/O) bus 213 through a bus bridge 201. The I/O interface 215 is coupled to the I/O bus. The I/O interface 215 communicates with various I/O devices, such as an input device 217 (such as a keyboard, a mouse, a touch screen, etc.), a media tray 221 (such as a CD-ROM, a multimedia interface, etc.). Transceiver 223 (can send and/or receive radio communication signals), camera 255 (can capture scene and dynamic digital video images) and external USB interface 225. Wherein, optionally, the interface connected to the I/O interface 215 may be a USB interface.
其中,处理器203可以是任何传统处理器,包括精简指令集计算(“RISC”)处理器、复杂指令集计算(“CISC”)处理器或上述的组合。可选地,处理器可以是诸如专用集成电路(“ASIC”)的专用装置。可选地,处理器203可以是神经网络处理器或者是神经网络处理器和上述传统处理器的组合。例如:处理器203可以根据所述N个换道Gap中每一个换道Gap对应的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板每一个换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性,确定目标换道Gap模板和目标换道Gap,计算出智能车辆002合适的精细化的换道行驶数据(即,换道时间和换道轨迹)。The processor 203 may be any conventional processor, including a reduced instruction set computing ("RISC") processor, a complex instruction set computing ("CISC") processor, or a combination of the foregoing. Alternatively, the processor may be a dedicated device such as an application specific integrated circuit ("ASIC"). Optionally, the processor 203 may be a neural network processor or a combination of a neural network processor and the foregoing traditional processors. For example, the processor 203 may determine the target lane change according to the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing Gap of the N lane-changing gaps and the preset Gap attributes corresponding to each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates. The Gap template and the target lane-changing Gap calculate the appropriate refined lane-changing data (ie, lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory) of the smart vehicle 002.
可选地,在本文所述的各种实施例中,计算机系统212可位于远离自动驾驶车辆的地方,并且可与自动驾驶车辆进行无线通信。在其它方面,本文所述的一些过程在设置在自动驾驶车辆内的处理器上执行,其它由远程处理器执行,包括采取执行单个操纵所需的动作。Optionally, in various embodiments described herein, the computer system 212 may be located far away from the autonomous driving vehicle, and may perform wireless communication with the autonomous driving vehicle. In other respects, some of the processes described herein are executed on a processor provided in an autonomous vehicle, and others are executed by a remote processor, including taking actions required to perform a single manipulation.
计算机系统212可以通过网络接口229和软件部署服务器249通信。网络接口229是硬件网络接口,比如,网卡。网络227可以是外部网络,比如因特网,也可以是内部网络,比如以太网或者虚拟私人网络(VPN)。可选地,网络227还可以是无线网络,比如WiFi网络,蜂窝网络等。The computer system 212 can communicate with the software deployment server 249 through the network interface 229. The network interface 229 is a hardware network interface, such as a network card. The network 227 may be an external network, such as the Internet, or an internal network, such as an Ethernet or a virtual private network (VPN). Optionally, the network 227 may also be a wireless network, such as a WiFi network, a cellular network, and so on.
收发器223(可以发送和/或接受无线电通信信号),可以通过不限于第二代移动通信网络(2th generation mobile networks,2G)、3G、4G、5G等各种无线通信方式,也可以是DSRC技术,或者长时间演进-车辆技术(Long Term Evolution-Vehicle,LTE-V)等,其主要功能是接收外部设备发送的信息数据,并将该车辆在目标路段行驶时信息数据发送回给外部设备进行存储分析。The transceiver 223 (which can send and/or receive radio communication signals) can pass various wireless communication methods such as not limited to the second generation mobile networks (2G), 3G, 4G, and 5G, or DSRC Technology, or Long Term Evolution-Vehicle (LTE-V), etc. Its main function is to receive information and data sent by external equipment, and send the information and data back to the external equipment when the vehicle is driving on the target road section Perform storage analysis.
硬盘驱动接口231和系统总线205耦合。硬件驱动接口231和硬盘驱动器233相连接。系统内存235和系统总线205耦合。运行在系统内存235的数据可以包括计算机系统212的操作系统237和应用程序243。The hard disk drive interface 231 is coupled to the system bus 205. The hardware drive interface 231 and the hard disk drive 233 are connected. The system memory 235 is coupled to the system bus 205. The data running in the system memory 235 may include the operating system 237 and application programs 243 of the computer system 212.
存储器235和系统总线205耦合。例如,本申请中存储器235可以用于将通行目标路 段车辆的行驶信息按照一定格式存储在存储器中。The memory 235 is coupled to the system bus 205. For example, the memory 235 in the present application may be used to store the driving information of vehicles on the target road section in the memory in a certain format.
操作系统包括Shell 239和内核(kernel)241。Shell 239是介于使用者和操作系统之内核(kernel)间的一个接口。shell是操作系统最外面的一层。shell管理使用者与操作系统之间的交互:等待使用者的输入;向操作系统解释使用者的输入;并且处理各种各样的操作系统的输出结果。The operating system includes Shell 239 and kernel 241. Shell 239 is an interface between the user and the kernel of the operating system. The shell is the outermost layer of the operating system. The shell manages the interaction between the user and the operating system: waiting for the user's input; interpreting the user's input to the operating system; and processing the output of various operating systems.
内核241由操作系统中用于管理存储器、文件、外设和系统资源的那些部分组成。直接与硬件交互,操作系统内核通常运行进程,并提供进程间的通信,提供CPU时间片管理、中断、内存管理、IO管理等等。The kernel 241 is composed of those parts of the operating system that are used to manage memory, files, peripherals, and system resources. Directly interact with the hardware. The operating system kernel usually runs processes and provides inter-process communication, providing CPU time slice management, interrupts, memory management, IO management, and so on.
应用程序243包括控制汽车自动驾驶相关的程序,比如,管理自动驾驶的汽车和路上障碍物交互的程序,控制自动驾驶汽车路线或者速度的程序,控制自动驾驶汽车和路上其他自动驾驶汽车交互的程序。应用程序243也存在于deploying server 249的系统上。在一个实施例中,在需要执行应用程序247时,计算机系统212可以从deploying server249下载应用程序243。例如:应用程序243可以根据目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板,确定智能车辆的换道时间和换道轨迹后,通过车辆工程的动力学模型,比如自行车模型或者阿克曼模型,转化成控制车辆的线控命令,也就是将速度信息和曲率信息,转化成油门踏板开度,方向盘的角速度信息控制车辆由所述当前车道换道至所述目标换道Gap。Application programs 243 include programs that control auto-driving cars, such as programs that manage the interaction between autonomous vehicles and obstacles on the road, programs that control the route or speed of autonomous vehicles, and programs that control interaction between autonomous vehicles and other autonomous vehicles on the road. . The application 243 also exists on the deploying server 249 system. In one embodiment, when the application 247 needs to be executed, the computer system 212 may download the application 243 from the deploying server 249. For example, the application 243 can determine the lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the intelligent vehicle according to the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template, and convert it into a dynamic model of vehicle engineering, such as a bicycle model or Ackerman model. Control the vehicle's line control command, that is, convert speed information and curvature information into accelerator pedal opening, and the angular speed information of the steering wheel controls the vehicle to change lanes from the current lane to the target lane change gap.
传感器253和计算机系统212关联。传感器253用于探测计算机系统212周围的环境。举例来说,传感器253可以探测动物,汽车,障碍物和人行横道等,进一步传感器还可以探测上述动物,汽车,障碍物和人行横道等物体周围的环境,比如:动物周围的环境,例如,动物周围出现的其他动物,天气条件,周围环境的光亮度等。可选地,如果计算机系统212位于自动驾驶的汽车上,传感器可以是摄像头,红外线感应器,化学检测器,麦克风等。The sensor 253 is associated with the computer system 212. The sensor 253 is used to detect the environment around the computer system 212. For example, the sensor 253 can detect animals, cars, obstacles, and crosswalks. Further, the sensor can also detect the surrounding environment of the above-mentioned animals, cars, obstacles, and crosswalks, such as: the environment around the animals, for example, when the animals appear around them. Other animals, weather conditions, the brightness of the surrounding environment, etc. Optionally, if the computer system 212 is located on a self-driving car, the sensor may be a camera, an infrared sensor, a chemical detector, a microphone, etc.
请参考图2C,图2C是本申请实施例提供的另一种智能车辆002的功能框图。Please refer to FIG. 2C, which is a functional block diagram of another smart vehicle 002 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
其中,如图2C所示的智能车辆002的功能框图主要包括传感器系统0021、中央计算机系统0022以及控制器系统0023。其中,Among them, the functional block diagram of the smart vehicle 002 as shown in FIG. 2C mainly includes a sensor system 0021, a central computer system 0022, and a controller system 0023. in,
传感器系统0021相当于上述图2A所示的传感器系统204,主要用于加载单目/双目相机、激光雷达/毫米波雷达、GPS定位等相关设备采集的相关数据,以获得环境信息,包括车辆信息(如,目标车道上的车辆速度、车辆位置、车辆距离等)、道路结构信息以及自车状态信息(如,自车的车辆速度、车辆位置等)。例如:传感器系统0021负责相机数据、雷达数据、高精度定位数据以及底盘信息的获取,此处不再赘述。The sensor system 0021 is equivalent to the sensor system 204 shown in FIG. 2A, and is mainly used to load relevant data collected by related equipment such as monocular/binocular cameras, lidar/millimeter wave radar, GPS positioning, etc., to obtain environmental information, including vehicles Information (e.g., vehicle speed, vehicle location, vehicle distance, etc. on the target lane), road structure information, and vehicle status information (e.g., vehicle speed, vehicle location, etc.) of the vehicle. For example: the sensor system 0021 is responsible for the acquisition of camera data, radar data, high-precision positioning data and chassis information, which will not be repeated here.
中央计算机系统0022相当于上述图2A所示的计算机系统212,包括:感知融合模块、预测模块、决策模块、规划模块以及控制模块。其中,感知融合模块主要负责车道线、行人以及车辆或其他障碍物等的识别;预测模块主要负责基于感知融合所给出的障碍物信息,预测目标车辆周围车辆或障碍物的行为意图和未来的轨迹,例如:车辆行为意图预测,车辆轨迹预测,道路结构推理等;决策模块主要负责基于自车周围障碍物的行为意图和轨迹,结合自车运动状态进行横向行为决策以及纵向行为决策,本申请所涉及的主动换道Gap选择属于此模块;规划模块负责基于基于自车周围障碍物信息,以及决策模块的结果,进行 横向轨迹规划与纵向速度规划;控制模块基于规划模块结果,输出控制执行器指令。因此,中央计算机系统0022中各个功能的相关描述可对应参考上述图2A所示实施例的相关描述以及下述图3A所示实施例的相关描述,此处不再赘述。The central computer system 0022 is equivalent to the computer system 212 shown in FIG. 2A, and includes: a perception fusion module, a prediction module, a decision-making module, a planning module, and a control module. Among them, the perception fusion module is mainly responsible for the recognition of lane lines, pedestrians, vehicles or other obstacles, etc.; the prediction module is mainly responsible for predicting the behavioral intention and future behavior of vehicles or obstacles around the target vehicle based on the obstacle information given by the perception fusion. Trajectory, such as: vehicle behavior intention prediction, vehicle trajectory prediction, road structure reasoning, etc.; the decision-making module is mainly responsible for horizontal behavior decision-making and vertical behavior decision-making based on the behavior intention and trajectory of obstacles around the self-vehicle, combined with the motion state of the self-vehicle, this application The active lane change Gap selection involved belongs to this module; the planning module is responsible for horizontal trajectory planning and longitudinal speed planning based on the obstacle information around the vehicle and the results of the decision module; the control module outputs control actuators based on the results of the planning module instruction. Therefore, the related description of each function in the central computer system 0022 may refer to the related description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2A and the related description of the following embodiment shown in FIG. 3A, which will not be repeated here.
控制器系统0023相当于上述图2A所示的控制系统206,负责基于控制模块结果,控制车辆的转向、制动以及油门等。因此,控制器系统0023中各个功能的相关描述可对应参考上述图2A所示实施例的相关描述以及下述图3A所示实施例的相关描述,此处不再赘述。The controller system 0023 is equivalent to the control system 206 shown in FIG. 2A, and is responsible for controlling the steering, braking, and accelerator of the vehicle based on the results of the control module. Therefore, the related description of each function in the controller system 0023 may refer to the related description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2A and the related description of the following embodiment shown in FIG. 3A, which will not be repeated here.
可以理解的是,图2A和图2C中的智能车辆功能图只是本申请实施例中的两种示例性的实施方式,本申请实施例中的智能车辆包括但不仅限于以上结构。It is understandable that the functional diagrams of the smart vehicle in FIG. 2A and FIG. 2C are only two exemplary implementations in the embodiment of the present application, and the smart vehicle in the embodiment of the present application includes but is not limited to the above structure.
可选的,本申请的换道Gap的选择在中央计算机系统的决策模块中实现。请参考附图2D,图2D是本申请实施例提供的另一种车辆换道装置结构示意图,应用于上述图2A或图2C中,相当于图2A所示的计算机系统212以及相当于图2C所示的中央计算机系统0022,Optionally, the selection of the lane change gap in this application is implemented in the decision-making module of the central computer system. Please refer to Figure 2D. Figure 2D is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The central computer system shown is 0022,
其中,车辆换道装置中决策模块块,主要用于解决自动驾驶车辆在主动换道场景下如何选择目标换道Gap的问题。如图2D所示,决策模块接收感知融合模块与预测模块提供的环境信息,包括车辆或障碍物信息(如,目标车道上的车辆速度、车辆位置、车辆距离等)、道路结构信息以及自车状态信息(如,自车的车辆速度、车辆位置等),然后通过纵向决策和横向决策控制自车车辆的纵向行为和横向行为。Among them, the decision-making module block in the vehicle lane changing device is mainly used to solve the problem of how to select the target lane changing gap in the autonomous driving vehicle in the active lane changing scene. As shown in Figure 2D, the decision-making module receives the environmental information provided by the perception fusion module and the prediction module, including vehicle or obstacle information (eg, vehicle speed, vehicle position, vehicle distance, etc. on the target lane), road structure information, and self-vehicle State information (such as vehicle speed, vehicle position, etc.) of the self-vehicle, and then control the longitudinal and lateral behavior of the self-vehicle through longitudinal and lateral decisions.
决策模块包括纵向决策模块、横向决策模块。其中,横向决策中包含换道意图、目标道选择、换道Gap选择和换道时间的四个功能模块。换道意图即依据所接收信息,决策自车是否有换道意图;目标道选择即依据换道意图以及道路结构信息选择目标车道;换道Gap即在目标车道上/选择合适的换道、插车间隙;换道时间决策开始换道的时间以及取消换道的时间,以确保换道过程的安全。纵向决策用于决策出自车的纵向行为,例如:车辆的加速或减速。The decision-making module includes a vertical decision-making module and a horizontal decision-making module. Among them, the horizontal decision includes four functional modules: lane change intention, target lane selection, lane change gap selection, and lane change time. Lane change intention is to decide whether the vehicle has the intention to change lanes based on the received information; target lane selection is to select the target lane based on the lane change intention and road structure information; lane change gap is to select the appropriate lane change and insert on the target lane Car clearance; lane change time decides the time to start the lane change and the time to cancel the lane change to ensure the safety of the lane change process. Longitudinal decision-making is used to determine the longitudinal behavior of the vehicle, such as the acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle.
可以理解的是,图2B和图2D中的车辆换道装置结构示意图只是本申请实施例中的两种示例性的实施方式,本申请实施例中的车辆换道装置结构包括但不仅限于以上结构。It is understandable that the structural schematic diagrams of the vehicle lane changing device in FIGS. 2B and 2D are only two exemplary implementations in the embodiments of the present application, and the vehicle lane changing device structure in the embodiments of the present application includes but is not limited to the above structures .
基于图1A提供的车辆换道系统架构,图2A或图2C提供的智能车辆以及图2B或图2D提供的应用于智能车辆的车辆换道装置,结合本申请中提供的车辆换道方法,对本申请中提出的技术问题进行具体分析和解决。Based on the vehicle lane-changing system architecture provided in Figure 1A, the smart vehicle provided in Figure 2A or Figure 2C and the vehicle lane-changing device for smart vehicles provided in Figure 2B or Figure 2D, combined with the vehicle lane-changing method provided in this application, The technical issues raised in the application are analyzed and resolved in detail.
请参考附图3A,图3A是本申请实施例提供的一种车辆换道方法的流程示意图,该方法可应用于上述图1A所示的车辆换道系统架构和图2A或图2C提供的智能车辆以及图2B或图2D提供的车辆换道装置中,其中,图1A所示的服务设备001可以用于支持并执行图3A中所示的方法流程步骤S301-步骤S305,图1A所示的车辆换道装置10可以用于支持并执行图3A中所示的方法流程步骤S306-步骤S309。Please refer to FIG. 3A. FIG. 3A is a schematic flowchart of a vehicle lane changing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method can be applied to the vehicle lane changing system architecture shown in FIG. 1A and the intelligence provided in FIG. 2A or FIG. 2C. In the vehicle and the vehicle lane changing device provided in FIG. 2B or FIG. 2D, the service device 001 shown in FIG. 1A can be used to support and execute steps S301-step S305 of the method flow shown in FIG. The vehicle lane-changing device 10 can be used to support and execute steps S306 to S309 of the method flow shown in FIG. 3A.
步骤S301:获取多个换道样本数据。Step S301: Obtain multiple lane change sample data.
具体的,服务设备获取多个换道样本数据,其中,每个换道样本数据均与一个车辆速度对应,所述每个换道样本数据包括样本换道Gap以及样本Gap属性,所述样本Gap属性为所述样本换道Gap对应的Gap属性。其中,服务设备可以是车道旁边的一个路侧单元, 用于监控某一路段的车辆行驶状况或者监控一个区域内的所有路段内车辆的行驶状况后统计处理车辆的行驶数据,以获得Gap模板集合;也可以是云端服务器,用于接收大量的车辆换道数据后统计处理该车辆换道数据,以获得Gap模板集合等等。Specifically, the service device acquires multiple lane changing sample data, where each lane changing sample data corresponds to a vehicle speed, and each lane changing sample data includes the sample lane changing gap and the sample gap attribute, and the sample gap The attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the sample change Gap. Among them, the service device can be a roadside unit next to the lane, which is used to monitor the driving status of vehicles on a certain road segment or monitor the driving status of vehicles in all road segments in an area, and then statistically process the driving data of the vehicles to obtain the Gap template set. ; It can also be a cloud server, which is used to receive a large amount of vehicle lane change data and then statistically process the vehicle lane change data to obtain a collection of Gap templates and so on.
请参考附图3B,图3B是本申请实施例提供的一种服务设备监控某一路段的场景示意图。可以理解的是,如图3B中所示一个服务设备监控车辆进行换道行驶的示意图,当服务设备监控到目标车辆换道行驶(如:在监控到车辆开启转向灯的情况下,横向位移在预设距离范围内)时,服务设备可以获取到该车辆换道时的换道样本数据,并将该换道样本数据保存,以便根据多个换道样本数据,获得Gap模板集合。其中,需要说明的是,样本换道Gap即车辆换道至的换道Gap,样本Gap属性为该换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中所述Gap属性包括对应换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应换道Gap与换道车辆之间的距离、所述对应换道Gap与所述换道车辆之间的速度差、所述换道车辆与换道车辆前一辆车辆之间距离以及所述目标车辆与该前一辆车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,其中,Gap属性还可以对应参考下述步骤306的描述。Please refer to FIG. 3B. FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a service device monitors a certain road section according to an embodiment of the present application. It is understandable that, as shown in Figure 3B, a schematic diagram of a service device monitoring the vehicle to change lanes, when the service device monitors the target vehicle to change lanes (for example, when the vehicle is monitored to turn on the turn signal, the lateral displacement is When within the preset distance range), the service device can obtain the lane-changing sample data when the vehicle changes lanes, and save the lane-changing sample data, so as to obtain the Gap template set according to the multiple lane-changing sample data. Wherein, it should be noted that the sample change Gap is the lane change Gap to which the vehicle changes, and the sample Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the lane change Gap, where the Gap attribute includes the Gap length corresponding to the lane change Gap, the The distance between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the speed difference between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the distance between the lane-changing vehicle and the vehicle before the lane-changing vehicle, and the One or more of the speed difference between the target vehicle and the previous vehicle, where the Gap attribute can also refer to the description of step 306 below.
还需要说明的是,获取多个换道样本数据时,由于换道过程中车辆会发送转向灯信号,同时车辆会有横向位移,因此,可以将其作为判断是否为换道的判断条件。请参考附图3C,图3C是本申请实施例提供的一种筛选样本换道数据的流程示意图。如图3C所示,首先,服务设备从监控范围内的行驶数据中筛选出可能换道时间点和样本换道数据;然后计算该一时间点附近车辆的横向位移;最后通过横向位移的大小判断是否为换道,如果是,则记录该时间点的数据为样本换道数据,并保存该样本换道数据的样本Gap属性(利用此次换道所选择换道Gap的前后车信息等,计算出此换道时刻所选择换道Gap的样本Gap属性);反之,则摒弃该换道数据。可以理解的是,将所有出现转向灯信号的时间点,均做一次横向位移判断,便能获得换道相关的数据集。It should also be noted that when acquiring multiple lane-changing sample data, since the vehicle will send a turn signal during the lane-changing process, and the vehicle will have a lateral displacement, it can be used as a judgment condition for judging whether it is a lane-changing. Please refer to FIG. 3C. FIG. 3C is a schematic diagram of a process for screening sample lane change data provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3C, first, the service equipment screens out possible lane change time points and sample lane change data from the driving data within the monitoring range; then calculates the lateral displacement of vehicles near that point in time; finally judges the magnitude of the lateral displacement Whether it’s a lane change, if it is, record the data at that time point as the sample lane change data, and save the sample Gap attribute of the sample lane change data (using the information of the front and rear cars of the lane change gap selected for this lane change, etc., calculate The sample Gap attribute of the selected lane-changing Gap at the time of the lane-changing time); otherwise, the lane-changing data is discarded. It is understandable that by making a lateral displacement judgment at all time points when the turn signal signal appears, the data set related to the lane change can be obtained.
步骤S302:根据每个换道样本数据对应的车辆速度的大小,将多个换道样本数据分别划分至多个不同速度段的数据集合中。Step S302: According to the size of the vehicle speed corresponding to each lane change sample data, the multiple lane change sample data are respectively divided into multiple data sets of different speed segments.
具体的,服务设备根据多个换道样本数据中每个换道样本数据对应的车辆速度的大小,将所述多个换道样本数据分别划分至多个不同速度段的数据集合中,其中,所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个速度段的数据集合均与相邻的两个速度段的数据集合有交集。例如,请参考附图3D,图3D是本申请实施例提供的一种基于车辆速度划分不同速度段的数据集的流程示意图。如图3D所示,首先基于所设定初始速度v 0与速度差△v,以速度差△v为等差将多个换道样本数据的车辆速度分割为:v 0,v 0+△v,v 0+2△v,v 0+3△v,…v 0+n△v,其中,n为划分的数据集合的个数,也为对应的换道Gap模板的个数。 Specifically, the service device divides the multiple lane change sample data into multiple data sets of different speed segments according to the size of the vehicle speed corresponding to each lane change sample data in the multiple lane change sample data. In the multiple data sets of different speed sections, the data set of each speed section has an intersection with the data sets of two adjacent speed sections. For example, please refer to FIG. 3D. FIG. 3D is a schematic flowchart of a data set for dividing different speed segments based on vehicle speed according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3D, based on the set initial speed v 0 and the speed difference △v, the vehicle speed of multiple lane-changing sample data is divided into: v 0 , v 0 +△v with the speed difference △v as the arithmetic difference , V 0 +2△v, v 0 +3△v,...v 0 +n△v, where n is the number of divided data sets and also the number of corresponding Gap templates for lane change.
请参考附图3E,图3E是本申请实施例提供的一种基于车辆速度划分不同速度段的数据集示意图。如图3E所示,可以将多个换道样本数据中车辆速度在v 0±△v范围内的每一个换道样本数据划分为同一个速度段的数据集内,该多个不同速度段的数据集包含了所有的样本数据。其中,在划分数据集时对于所构建的换道Gap模板需要覆盖速度范围内的所有速度,因此判断筛选后的两两相邻的数据集均需要有交集,即需要满足如下条件: Please refer to FIG. 3E. FIG. 3E is a schematic diagram of a data set that divides different speed segments based on vehicle speed according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3E, each lane-changing sample data of multiple lane-changing sample data whose vehicle speed is within the range of v 0 ±Δv can be divided into a data set of the same speed section. The data set contains all sample data. Among them, when dividing the data set, the constructed lane change Gap template needs to cover all speeds within the speed range, so it is judged that the two adjacent data sets after screening need to have an intersection, that is, the following conditions need to be met:
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000001
对于n大于0均成立。其中,
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000002
为第n个数据集中所有换道样本数据对应车辆速度平均值,
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000003
为第n个数据集中所有换道样本数据对应车辆速度标 准差。如果不满足如上条件,则可以重新划分,缩小速度差△v,继续循环,直到满足上述条件。满足该条件可以更加合理的划分速度范围,以使目标车辆获得最为相似的换到模板,提高了目标车辆换道的安全性。
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000001
This holds true for n greater than 0. in,
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000002
Is the average value of vehicle speed corresponding to all lane-changing sample data in the nth data set,
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000003
All lane-changing sample data corresponding to the vehicle speed standard deviation in the nth data set. If the above conditions are not met, you can re-divide, reduce the speed difference Δv, and continue to cycle until the above conditions are met. Satisfying this condition can divide the speed range more reasonably, so that the target vehicle can obtain the most similar change to the template, which improves the safety of the target vehicle when changing lanes.
可选的,还可以基于3sigma准则筛选各数据子集。即,删除所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个数据集合包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本换道Gap以及样本Gap属性中,不满足三西格玛3sigma准则的换道样本数据。其中,三西格玛3sigma准则是假设一组检测数据只含有随机误差,对其进行计算处理得到标准偏差,按一定概率确定一个区间,认为凡超过这个区间的误差,就不属于随机误差而是粗大误差,含有该误差的数据应予以剔除。Optionally, each data subset can be filtered based on the 3sigma criterion. That is, the sample lane change gap corresponding to one or more lane change sample data contained in each data set in the multiple data sets of different speed segments and the lane change samples that do not meet the three sigma 3sigma criterion in the sample Gap attribute are deleted data. Among them, the three sigma criterion is to assume that a set of test data contains only random errors, calculate and process them to obtain the standard deviation, and determine an interval with a certain probability. It is believed that any error exceeding this interval is not a random error but a gross error. , The data containing this error should be eliminated.
请参考附图3F,图3F是本申请实施例提供的一种筛选过后不同速度段的数据集示意图。如图3F所示,将初步分类筛选的各数据集,对车辆速度依据3sigma准则(3sigma准则筛选流程不在此赘述),对数据进行筛选,得到新的以数据集内的速度平均值
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000004
为分割点的数据集,并得到每一个新的数据集中的车辆速度平均值
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000005
与车辆速度标准差
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000006
(如图3G所示)。因此,删除所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个数据集合包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本Gap属性中,不满足三西格玛3sigma准则的样本道路数据对应的换道样本数据,可以得到每个数据集对应的更加精确地换道Gap模板,有助于目标车辆在进行换道时,准确高效的选择更安全舒适的换道Gap。
Please refer to FIG. 3F. FIG. 3F is a schematic diagram of a data set of different speed segments after screening according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3F, the preliminary classification and screening of each data set, the vehicle speed according to the 3sigma criterion (the 3sigma criterion screening process is not repeated here), the data is filtered, and a new average speed in the data set is obtained.
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000004
Divide the data set of points, and get the average value of the vehicle speed in each new data set
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000005
Standard deviation from vehicle speed
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000006
(As shown in Figure 3G). Therefore, delete the sample Gap attribute corresponding to one or more lane change sample data contained in each data set of the multiple data sets of different speed segments, and the lane change sample corresponding to the sample road data that does not meet the three sigma criterion. According to the data, a more accurate lane-changing gap template corresponding to each data set can be obtained, which helps the target vehicle to accurately and efficiently select a safer and more comfortable lane-changing gap when changing lanes.
步骤S303:计算每个速度段的数据集合中包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本Gap属性平均值,获得每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板。Step S303: Calculate the average value of the sample Gap attributes corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed section, and obtain the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section.
具体的,服务设备计算每个速度段的数据集合中包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本Gap属性平均值,获得每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板。根据每个速度段的数据集合中包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的所述样本Gap属性进行统计计算,可以确定每个速度段的数据集合对应的预设换道Gap,以及对应的预设Gap属性,其中,每个速度段的数据集合对应的预设换道Gap为该速度段的换道车辆将要换道至的Gap,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,所述Gap属性包括对应预设换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应预设换道Gap与换道车辆之间的距离、所述对应预设换道Gap与所述换道车辆之间的速度差、所述换道车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述换道车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述换道车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,其中,所述目标车辆属于所述换道车辆。每个速度段的数据集合对应的预设Gap属性可以包括每个速度段的数据集合中包含的一个或多个换道样本数据的样本Gap属性确定的平均值或平均值以及标准差,从而获得每个速度段的数据集合Sn对应的换道Gap模板Mn,以及每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系。其中,每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系包括换道Gap模板Mn适用的速度范围与每个速度段的数据集合Sn的速度范围一致。Specifically, the service device calculates the average value of the sample Gap attributes corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data included in the data set of each speed section, and obtains the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section. Perform statistical calculations on the sample Gap attribute corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed section, and determine the preset lane-changing Gap corresponding to the data set of each speed section, and the corresponding The preset Gap attribute, wherein the preset lane-changing Gap corresponding to the data set of each speed segment is the Gap to which the lane-changing vehicle in the speed segment will change lanes, and the preset Gap attribute is the preset lane-changing Gap The corresponding Gap attribute, the Gap attribute includes the Gap length corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, the distance between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing One or more of the speed difference between the vehicles, the distance between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle, the first vehicle is The previous vehicle in the lane where the lane-changing vehicle is currently located, wherein the target vehicle belongs to the lane-changing vehicle. The preset Gap attribute corresponding to the data set of each speed segment may include the average value or the average value and the standard deviation determined by the sample Gap attribute of one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed segment, so as to obtain The lane-changing Gap template Mn corresponding to the data set Sn of each speed segment, and the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template and the vehicle speed. Among them, the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template and the vehicle speed includes the applicable speed range of the lane-changing Gap template Mn and the speed range of the data set Sn of each speed segment.
步骤S304:根据每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板,获得多个换道样本数据对应的Gap模板集合以及Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系。Step S304: Obtain the Gap template set corresponding to multiple lane-changing sample data and the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template and the vehicle speed in the Gap template set according to the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section.
具体的,服务设备根据每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板,获得多个换道样本数据对应的Gap模板集合以及Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系。 获得每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板后,将每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板集合成Gap模板集合,该Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与不同的速度段对应,即每个车辆速度的都有与之对应的至少一个换道Gap模板。Specifically, the service device obtains the Gap template set corresponding to multiple lane-changing sample data and the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed according to the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section. After obtaining the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section, the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section is assembled into a Gap template set. Each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set is different from The speed segment corresponds, that is, each vehicle speed has at least one lane change Gap template corresponding to it.
步骤S305:向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合Step S305: Send a collection of Gap templates to the target vehicle
具体的,服务设备根据向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合,其中,所述Gap模板集合,用于所述目标车辆根据所述Gap模板集合确定目标换道Gap模板,以便通过所述目标换道Gap模板,控制所述目标车辆换道至所述目标车道。Specifically, the service device sends a Gap template set to the target vehicle according to the Gap template set, which is used by the target vehicle to determine a target lane-changing Gap template according to the Gap template set, so as to pass the target lane-changing Gap template , Controlling the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane.
步骤S306:获取目标车辆的当前速度、目标车道上的N个换道Gap以及每个换道Gap对应的Gap属性。Step S306: Obtain the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps on the target lane, and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap.
具体地,目标车辆上的车辆换道装置获取目标车辆的当前速度、目标车道上的N个换道Gap以及每个换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙,所述Gap属性包括对应换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的距离、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的速度差、所述目标车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述目标车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述目标车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,N为大于或等于1的整数。当目标车辆需要由当前车道换道至目标车道时,目标车辆需要首先确定在目标车道上目标车道上的N个换道Gap,该换道Gap用于目标车辆进行插车换道操作。例如:请参考附图3G,图3G是本申请实施例提供的一种获取目标车道上的N个换道Gap的流程示意图。首先,车辆换道装置根据目标车辆的转向灯信号或者指示信号,确定换道所选择的目标车道,然后,如图3G所示,根据目标车道上障碍物信息、当前道路信息,从所述目标车辆周围车况中筛选出所有的在目标车道上的车辆;其次,基于所筛选的在目标车道上的车辆,确定出目标车道上的N个换道Gap和N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap对应的Gap属性。可选的,该N个换道Gap可以构成可选换道Gap集合。其中,N个换道Gap构成的可选换道Gap集合可用:
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000007
表示,其中,
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000008
为第N个换道Gap的Gap属性,G list为可选换道Gap集合。
Specifically, the vehicle lane-changing device on the target vehicle acquires the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps on the target lane, and the Gap attributes corresponding to each lane-changing gap, where the target lane is the target vehicle The lane to be changed, the lane change Gap is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane, the Gap attribute includes the Gap length of the corresponding lane change Gap, the corresponding lane change Gap and the target The distance between vehicles, the speed difference between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, the distance between the target vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the target vehicle and the first vehicle In one or more of them, the first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1. When the target vehicle needs to change lanes from the current lane to the target lane, the target vehicle needs to first determine the N lane change gaps in the target lane on the target lane. The lane change gaps are used for the target vehicle to perform the lane change operation. For example: please refer to FIG. 3G, which is a schematic diagram of a process for acquiring N lane-changing gaps on a target lane provided by an embodiment of the present application. First, the vehicle lane-changing device determines the target lane selected for lane-changing according to the turn signal or indicator signal of the target vehicle, and then, as shown in Fig. 3G, according to the obstacle information on the target lane and the current road information, Filter out all the vehicles in the target lane from the vehicle conditions around the vehicle; secondly, based on the selected vehicles in the target lane, determine the N lane change gaps and each of the N lane change gaps in the target lane. Gap attribute corresponding to Gap. Optionally, the N lane changing gaps may constitute an optional lane changing gap set. Among them, the optional lane-changing gap set consisting of N lane-changing gaps is available:
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000007
Means, where,
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000008
Gap is the Gap attribute of the Nth lane-changing gap, and G list is a set of optional lane-changing gaps.
其中,请参考附图3H,图3H是本申请实施例提供的一种换道Gap的Gap属性示意图。本申请实施例可以根据N个换道Gap中每一个换道Gap对应的Gap属性(如:Gap速度、Gap位置等信息)进行数据处理,获得N个换道Gap中每一个换道Gap对应的Gap属性。例如:如图3H所示,N个换道Gap中第j个换道Gap的Gap属性可以用
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000009
表示,
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000010
其中,j=1、2、3……N,l g表示第n个换道Gap的Gap长度,即Gap前车与后车之间的距离;d g表示所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的距离,即,目标车辆与第j个换道Gap前车之间的距离;Δv gb与Δv gf表示所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的速度差,即,目标车辆的当前速度v e与第j个换道Gap前车的车辆速度v gf的速度差Δv gf,目标车辆的当前速度v e与第j个换道Gap后车的车辆速度v gb的速度差Δv gb;d表示所述目标车辆与第一车辆之间距离;Δv f表示所述目标车辆与所述第一车辆速度v f的速度差Δv f;v e表示目标车辆的当前速度,所述第一车辆为所述目标车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆。
Please refer to FIG. 3H. FIG. 3H is a schematic diagram of Gap attributes of a lane-changing Gap provided in an embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment of the application, data can be processed according to the Gap attributes (such as Gap speed, Gap position, etc.) corresponding to each of the N lane-changing gaps to obtain the corresponding Gap of each lane-changing Gap in the N lane-changing gaps. Gap attributes. For example: as shown in Figure 3H, the Gap attribute of the j-th lane-changing Gap among the N lane-changing gaps can be used
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000009
Express,
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000010
Where j = 1, 2, 3...N, l g represents the Gap length of the n-th lane-changing Gap, that is, the distance between the preceding and following Gap; d g represents the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the The distance between the target vehicles, that is, the distance between the target vehicle and the vehicle in front of the j-th lane-changing Gap; Δv gb and Δv gf represent the speed difference between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, that is, the current speed of the target vehicle v e j-th lane change Gap vehicle in front of the vehicle speed v gf speed difference Δv gf, the current speed of the target vehicle v e j-th lane change Gap rear vehicle vehicle speed v gb speed difference Δv gb; d represents a distance between the target vehicle and the first vehicle; Δv f represents the first vehicle and the target vehicle speed v f of the speed difference Δv f; v e represents the current target vehicle speed, the The first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located.
由上述步骤S302-步骤S303的相关描述可知,每个速度段的数据集合Sn的换道Gap 模板Mn中包括预设Gap属性,该预设Gap属性可以是该速度段内所有换道样本数据的样本Gap属性的平均值和/或标准差,因此,根据
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000011
的表示方式,Mn其中的一种表示方式可以被表示为:
From the related description of the above steps S302-S303, it can be seen that the lane change Gap template Mn of the data set Sn of each speed segment includes the preset Gap attribute, which may be the value of all lane change sample data in the speed segment. The average and/or standard deviation of the Gap attribute of the sample, therefore, according to
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000011
The representation of Mn, one of the representations of Mn can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000012
且每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板Mn适用的速度范围为:
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000012
And the applicable speed range of the Gap template Mn corresponding to the data set of each speed section is:
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000013
其中,&&可以用作逻辑与的运算符,表示逻辑与(and),当运算符两边的表达式的结果都为真时,整个运算结果才为真,否则,只要有一方为假,则结果为假。
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000013
Among them, && can be used as a logical AND operator, which means logical and (and). When the results of the expressions on both sides of the operator are true, the entire operation result is true, otherwise, as long as one of the two sides is false, the result is Is false.
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000014
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的l g的平均值;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000015
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的l g的标准差;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000016
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的d g的平均值;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000017
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的d g的标准差;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000018
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的Δv gf的平均值;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000019
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的Δv gf的标准差;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000020
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的Δv gb的平均值;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000021
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的Δv gb的标准差;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000022
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的d的平均值;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000023
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的d的标准差;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000024
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的Δv f的平均值;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000025
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的Δv f的标准差;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000026
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的v e的平均值;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000027
为数据集Sn中所有样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的v e的标准差。
in,
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000014
Is the average value of l g of the sample Gap attributes in the lane change data of all samples in the data set Sn;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000015
Is the standard deviation of l g of the sample Gap attribute in the lane change data of all samples in the data set Sn;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000016
Is the average value of the d g of the sample Gap attribute in the lane change data of all samples in the data set Sn;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000017
Is the standard deviation of the d g of the sample Gap attribute in the lane change data of all samples in the data set Sn;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000018
Is the average value of the Δv gf of the sample Gap attributes in the lane change data of all samples in the data set Sn;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000019
Is the standard deviation of the Δv gf of the sample Gap attribute in the lane change data of all samples in the data set Sn;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000020
Is the average value of Δv gb of the sample Gap attribute in the lane change data of all samples in the data set Sn;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000021
Is the standard deviation of the Δv gb of the sample Gap attribute in the lane change data of all samples in the data set Sn;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000022
Is the average value of d of the sample Gap attribute in the lane change data of all samples in the data set Sn;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000023
Is the standard deviation of d of the sample Gap attribute in the lane change data of all samples in the data set Sn;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000024
Is the average value of Δv f of the sample Gap attributes in the lane change data of all samples in the data set Sn;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000025
Is the standard deviation of the Δv f of the sample Gap attribute in the lane change data of all samples in the data set Sn;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000026
Is the average value of v e of the sample Gap attributes in the lane change data of all samples in the data set Sn;
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000027
All data sets Sn for the samples v e Gap sample standard deviation lane change attribute data.
可选的,Mn其中的另一种表示方式还可以为仅包括样本换道数据中样本Gap属性的平均值,对应的相似度的计算方法也仅仅通过对比平均值确定。Optionally, another way of expressing Mn may also be to include only the average value of the sample Gap attributes in the sample lane change data, and the corresponding similarity calculation method is only determined by comparing the average value.
可选的,在获取目标车辆的当前速度、目标车道上的N个换道Gap以及每个换道Gap对应的Gap属性之前,车辆换道装置还可以获取换道信号,所述换道信号用于指示目标车辆开始进行换道操作,包括换道请求信号或行驶障碍信号,换道请求信号用于请求进行换道操作,所述行驶障碍信号用于指示在所述当前车道无法继续行驶的情况下执行换道操作。例如:当第一车辆的行驶速度远小于目标车辆的行驶速度时,为了行车体验可以换道至旁边车道。又例如:当接收到行驶障碍信号时,在获取目标车辆的当前速度以及目标车道上的N个换道Gap时,还可以对应的确定目标车道上的障碍物(如:行人、施工区域等)的当前道路信息(如:位置信息、速度信息等),筛选出没有障碍物的N个换道Gap,以防止车辆在换道时与障碍物发生碰撞,造成安全事故。Optionally, before acquiring the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps on the target lane, and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap, the vehicle lane-changing device may also obtain a lane-changing signal, which is used When instructing the target vehicle to start a lane change operation, including a lane change request signal or a driving obstacle signal, the lane change request signal is used to request a lane change operation, and the driving obstacle signal is used to indicate that it is impossible to continue driving in the current lane Perform a lane change operation. For example: when the driving speed of the first vehicle is much lower than the driving speed of the target vehicle, the lane can be changed to a side lane for driving experience. Another example: when receiving a driving obstacle signal, when acquiring the current speed of the target vehicle and N lane-changing gaps on the target lane, the obstacles on the target lane (such as pedestrians, construction areas, etc.) can also be correspondingly determined Based on the current road information (such as: location information, speed information, etc.), select N lane changing gaps without obstacles to prevent the vehicle from colliding with obstacles when changing lanes and causing safety accidents.
步骤S307:根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从Gap模板集合中获取与当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板。Step S307: According to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed, obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set.
具体地,车辆换道装置根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所 述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数。其中,Gap模板集合中包含不同速度段对应的换道Gap模板,而多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个速度段的数据集合与相邻的两个速度段的数据集合均有交集,因此,同一个车辆速度对应至少一个换道Gap模板,目标车辆可以根据当前速度以及每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从Gap模板集合中筛选出与当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板。Specifically, the vehicle lane changing device obtains M lane changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed. Each lane-changing Gap template in the two lane-changing Gap templates includes a preset lane-changing Gap and a preset Gap attribute, the preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, where M is greater than or equal to An integer of 1. Among them, the Gap template set contains lane-changing Gap templates corresponding to different speed sections, and the data set of each speed section in the data sets of multiple different speed sections has an intersection with the data sets of two adjacent speed sections, so , The same vehicle speed corresponds to at least one lane-changing gap template, the target vehicle can filter out M lane-changing gaps matching the current speed from the Gap template set according to the current speed and the mapping relationship between each lane-changing gap template and the vehicle speed template.
可选的,车辆换道装置在根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从Gap模板集合中获取与当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板之前可以接收服务设备发送的Gap模板集合。可以通过直接获取的Gap模板集合,直接筛选出与目标车辆的当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板。其中,由于换道Gap模板是由基于该换道Gap模板对应的速度段内的多个换道样本数据确定的,所以在Gap模板集合给出了多个不同速度段对应的换道Gap模板情况下,通过该换道Gap模板包括的预设Gap属性,可以进一步的提高了自动驾驶中车辆通行的舒适性和平稳性,提升了用户乘车体验。Optionally, the vehicle lane-changing device can receive the transmission from the service device before obtaining M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed Gap template collection. It is possible to directly filter out M lane changing Gap templates that match the current speed of the target vehicle through the directly obtained Gap template collection. Among them, because the lane-changing Gap template is determined based on multiple lane-changing sample data in the speed section corresponding to the lane-changing Gap template, the Gap template set gives the situation of multiple lane-changing Gap templates corresponding to different speed sections. Next, the preset Gap attributes included in the lane-changing Gap template can further improve the comfort and stability of vehicle traffic in autonomous driving, and enhance the user's riding experience.
可选的,目标车辆可以在自主获取自车多个换道数据后重新更新所述Gap模板集合,可以更好的使目标车辆在后续换道过程中,确定出更适合自车的Gap模板集合。进一步的提高自动驾驶中车辆通行的舒适性和平稳性,提升了用户乘车体验。Optionally, the target vehicle can re-update the Gap template set after autonomously acquiring multiple lane change data of its own vehicle, which can better enable the target vehicle to determine a Gap template set more suitable for its own vehicle during subsequent lane changes. . Further improve the comfort and stability of vehicle traffic in autonomous driving, and enhance the user's riding experience.
可选的,智能车辆还可以接收服务设备发送的根据该智能车辆的车型信息对应的Gap模板集合,以便不同的车型可以对应不同的换道Gap模板,提高了车辆在换道时的安全性。例如:即使大卡车和小轿车在行驶速度一样时,对应的换道Gap模板也是不同的。Optionally, the smart vehicle can also receive a collection of Gap templates corresponding to the model information of the smart vehicle sent by the service device, so that different vehicle models can correspond to different lane changing Gap templates, which improves the safety of the vehicle when changing lanes. For example: Even when a large truck and a small car are running at the same speed, the corresponding Gap template for lane change is different.
步骤S308:从所述N个换道Gap与所述M个换道Gap模板中获取目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板。Step S308: Obtain a target lane change Gap and a target lane change Gap template from the N lane change Gap and the M lane change Gap templates.
具体地,车辆换道装置可以从所述N个换道Gap与所述M个换道Gap模板中获取目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板,其中,所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性与所述目标换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性相似度最高。例如,在行驶过程中,为了防止目标车辆与其他车辆相撞,需要目标车辆与其他周围车辆保持一定的安全距离,因此根据换道Gap的Gap属性,从多个换道Gap模板中筛选出最适合的换道Gap模板(目标换道Gap模板),该换道Gap模板可以使车辆在拥有更合适的更精细化的行驶先验信息(如:预设Gap属性)的前提下,使得乘客有更高的舒适性和平稳性的乘坐体验。例如:目标车辆根据预设Gap属性,在换道过程中对车辆的速度进行调整时可以有更加精确的调整范围。Specifically, the vehicle lane changing device may obtain a target lane changing gap and a target lane changing gap template from the N lane changing gaps and the M lane changing gap templates, wherein the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane changing gap The preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane change Gap template has the highest similarity. For example, during driving, in order to prevent the target vehicle from colliding with other vehicles, the target vehicle needs to maintain a certain safe distance from other surrounding vehicles. Therefore, according to the Gap attribute of the lane-changing gap, the most efficient one is selected from multiple lane-changing gap templates. A suitable lane-changing Gap template (target lane-changing Gap template), the lane-changing Gap template can enable the vehicle to have more appropriate and more refined driving prior information (such as: preset Gap attributes), so that passengers have Higher comfort and smooth ride experience. For example, the target vehicle can have a more precise adjustment range when adjusting the speed of the vehicle during the lane change process according to the preset Gap attributes.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述从所述N个换道Gap与所述M个换道Gap模板中获取目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板,包括:计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度;将相似度排序后,获得相似度最高的一对换道Gap和换道Gap模板为所述目标换道Gap和所述目标换道Gap模板。实施本申请实施例,将M个换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性与N个换道Gap对应的Gap属性进行相似度对比,当相似度越高时,证明该换道Gap对应的Gap属性与该换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性越相似,进而该换道Gap的道路状况就越适用于该换道Gap模板。因此,将相似度排序后,确定相似度最高的一对换道Gap模板和换道Gap分别为目标换道Gap以及目标换道Gap模板,有利于目标车辆根据现有的换道Gap模板,准确高效的选择更安全舒适的换道Gap进行换道驾驶。In a possible implementation manner, the acquiring the target lane changing gap and the target lane changing gap template from the N lane changing gaps and the M lane changing gap templates includes: calculating the N lane changing gaps The similarity between the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap in the Gap and the preset Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates; after sorting the similarities, the pair with the highest similarity is obtained The lane change Gap and lane change Gap templates are the target lane change Gap and the target lane change Gap template. To implement the embodiment of this application, the preset Gap attributes corresponding to the M lane-changing Gap templates are compared with the Gap attributes corresponding to the N lane-changing Gaps. When the similarity is higher, the Gap attribute corresponding to the lane-changing Gap is proved The more similar the preset Gap attributes of the lane-changing Gap template are, the more suitable the road conditions of the lane-changing Gap are to the lane-changing Gap template. Therefore, after the similarity is sorted, the pair of lane-changing Gap templates and lane-changing Gaps with the highest similarity are determined as the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template respectively, which is conducive to the accuracy of the target vehicle based on the existing lane-changing Gap template. Efficiently choose a safer and more comfortable lane-changing Gap for lane-changing driving.
在一种可能的实现方式中,根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板之后,还包括:根据所述当前速度,分别确定所述目标车辆与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板匹配的概率;所述计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度,包括:根据所述目标车辆与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板匹配的概率,基于标准化欧式距离评估方法,计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度。例如:21.5km/h的目标车辆与20km/h-22km/h对应的换道Gap模板匹配的概率大于21km/h-24km/h对应的换道Gap模板匹配的概率。因此,需要首先确定目标车辆在所述个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板分别匹配的概率,再根据匹配的概率计算与各个模板的相似度,有利于目标车辆更加准确地筛选出目标换道Gap,以使更安全舒适的进行换道驾驶。In a possible implementation manner, according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed, after obtaining M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set, It also includes: according to the current speed, respectively determining the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane change Gap template of the M lane change Gap templates; and calculating each lane change of the N lane change Gap templates The similarity between the Gap attributes of the Gap and the preset Gap attributes of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates includes: according to the target vehicle and each of the M lane-changing Gap templates The matching probability of the lane-changing Gap template is calculated based on the standardized Euclidean distance evaluation method to calculate the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap in the N lane-changing Gap and the prediction of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates. Let the similarity between Gap attributes. For example, the probability of a target vehicle at 21.5km/h matching the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to 20km/h-22km/h is greater than the probability of matching the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to 21km/h-24km/h. Therefore, it is necessary to first determine the probability that the target vehicle matches each of the lane-changing Gap templates in the lane-changing Gap templates, and then calculate the similarity with each template based on the matching probability, which is beneficial to the target vehicle to more accurately screen out the target. Change lanes Gap to make lane change driving safer and more comfortable.
其中,将所有可选的N个换道Gap与与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,基于标准化欧拉距离进行相似性计算,如,可以采用如下标准化欧拉距离公式,以减少不同量纲之间的影响。Among them, all the optional N lane-changing gaps and M lane-changing gap templates matching the current speed are calculated based on the standardized Euler distance. For example, the following standardized Euler distance formula can be used to reduce The influence between different dimensions.
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000028
上述
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000029
为根据标准化欧拉距离公式确定的第j个换道Gap与第i个换道Gap模板的相似度,其中,j为N个换道Gap中第j个换道Gap,i表示M个换道Gap模板中第i个换道Gap模板。
Above
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000029
Is the similarity between the j-th lane-changing Gap and the i-th lane-changing Gap template determined according to the standardized Euler distance formula, where j is the j-th lane-changing Gap among the N lane-changing Gaps, and i represents the M lane-changing Gap. The i-th Gap template in the Gap template.
需要说明的是,多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个速度段的数据集合与相邻的两个速度段的数据集合均有交集,如果车辆速度是位于最小速度段与最高速度的数据集两端的速度,所挑选的换道Gap模板只有一个,因此只需要与换道Gap模板计算一次相似性,便为最终的相似性,即
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000030
对于挑选的换道Gap模板有两个的情况,需要与两个模板均进行相似性计算,最终的相似性为两者的加权。自车车速隶属于两个模板的概率是不一样的,上述筛选过程中采用了3sigma准则,因此基于正态分布可以计算出分别隶属于两个换道Gap模板的概率为:
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000031
It should be noted that the data set of each speed section in multiple data sets of different speed sections has an intersection with the data sets of two adjacent speed sections. If the vehicle speed is in the data set of the minimum speed section and the maximum speed section For the speed at both ends, there is only one Gap template selected for lane change, so it only needs to calculate the similarity with the Gap template for lane change once, and it is the final similarity, namely
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000030
In the case that there are two selected Gap templates for changing lanes, similarity calculations need to be performed with both templates, and the final similarity is the weight of the two. The probability that the speed of the vehicle belongs to the two templates is different. The 3sigma criterion is used in the above screening process. Therefore, based on the normal distribution, the probability of belonging to the two Gap templates for changing lanes can be calculated as:
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000031
因此,例如:对于挑选的换道Gap模板有两个的情况,相似性可以分别为
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000033
最终第j个换道Gap与两个换道Gap模板的相似性为:
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000034
其中,p i为目标车辆属于M个换道Gap模板中第i个换道Gap模板的概率。通过排序方法(排序方法较多,在此不赘述)可以容易的从所有N个换道Gap与M个换道Gap模板的相似性中找到相似性最高的,进而获得目标换道Gap。
Therefore, for example, when there are two selected Gap templates for changing lanes, the similarities can be respectively
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000032
and
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000033
The similarity between the j-th lane-changing Gap and the two lane-changing Gap templates is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2020080744-appb-000034
Among them, p i is the probability that the target vehicle belongs to the i-th lane-changing Gap template among the M lane-changing Gap templates. Through the sorting method (there are many sorting methods, and will not be repeated here), it is easy to find the highest similarity from the similarity of all N lane-changing gaps and M lane-changing gap templates, and then obtain the target lane-changing gap.
可选的,可以从N个换道Gap中确定一个与M个换道Gap模板所有换道Gap模板的相似性最高的目标换道Gap,再从M个换道Gap模板所有换道Gap模板中确定一个与目标换道Gap相似性最高的目标换道Gap模板,对此,本申请实施例不做具体限定。Optionally, a target lane change gap with the highest similarity to all lane change Gap templates of M lane change Gap templates can be determined from N lane change Gap templates, and then all lane change Gap templates from M lane change Gap templates A target lane-changing Gap template with the highest similarity to the target lane-changing Gap is determined, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选的,当两个换道Gap与换道Gap模板的相似度一样时,可以根据换道Gap的Gap属性,确定目标车辆由当前车道换道至目标车道时速度变化率最小的一个换道Gap为目标换道Gap。Optionally, when the two lane-changing gaps have the same similarity as the lane-changing gap template, the lane change with the smallest speed change rate when the target vehicle changes from the current lane to the target lane can be determined according to the Gap attributes of the lane-changing gap Gap changes to Gap for the goal.
步骤S309:通过目标换道Gap模板,控制所述目标车辆换道至所述目标换道Gap。Step S309: Control the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane-changing Gap through the target lane-changing Gap template.
具体地,所以车辆换道装置可以通过目标换道Gap模板,控制所述目标车辆换道至所述目标换道Gap。Specifically, the vehicle lane-changing device can control the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane-changing Gap through the target lane-changing Gap template.
可选的,所述目标换道Gap模板还包括预设换道轨迹;所述通过所述目标换道Gap模板,控制所述目标车辆换道至所述目标换道Gap包括:根据所述目标换道Gap的Gap属性和所述预设换道轨迹,确定所述目标车辆的换道时间和换道轨迹;根据所述换道时间和所述换道轨迹,控制所述目标车辆由所述当前车道换道至所述目标换道Gap。实施本申请实施例,在筛选出目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板后,目标车辆可以根据Gap属性和预设换道轨迹,确定目标车辆具体的换道时间和换道轨迹,以使目标车辆准确高效的进行换道驾驶。Optionally, the target lane-changing Gap template further includes a preset lane-changing trajectory; the controlling the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane-changing Gap through the target lane-changing Gap template includes: according to the target The Gap attribute of the lane-changing Gap and the preset lane-changing trajectory determine the lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle; according to the lane-changing time and the lane-changing trajectory, the target vehicle is controlled to be controlled by the The current lane changes to the target lane change Gap. In the implementation of the embodiment of this application, after the target lane-changing Gap and target lane-changing Gap template are filtered out, the target vehicle can determine the specific lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle according to the Gap attribute and the preset lane-changing trajectory, so that the target The vehicle changes lanes accurately and efficiently.
可选的,车辆换道装置可以将所述换道轨迹和所述目标换道Gap的Gap属性发送至服务设备,使得服务设备更新多个不同速度段数据集合对应的换道Gap模板。Optionally, the vehicle lane change device may send the lane change trajectory and the Gap attribute of the target lane change Gap to a service device, so that the service device updates lane change Gap templates corresponding to multiple data sets of different speed segments.
可选的,可以直接根据所述目标换道Gap的Gap属性,规划所述目标车辆的换道时间和换道轨迹;根据所述换道时间和所述换道轨迹,控制所述目标车辆由所述当前车道换道至所述目标换道Gap。Optionally, the lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle can be planned directly according to the Gap attribute of the target lane-changing Gap; according to the lane-changing time and the lane-changing trajectory, the target vehicle is controlled to be routed by The current lane changes to the target lane change Gap.
通过本申请实施例,车辆可以在由当前车道换道至目标车道时,主动选择目标车道上合适的插车间隙Gap(即、换道Gap),通过该插车间隙换道至目标车道,保证了在目标车辆换道过程中,对车辆即将换道的路段进行主动选择,可以较好的满足目标车辆的驾驶需求,避免因如默认选择距离目标车辆最近的一个换道Gap,而无法保证目标车辆安全舒适的换道。其中,在主动选择该插车间隙时,是对比多个换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性与多个换道Gap对应的Gap属性后,筛选出相似度最高的一对为目标换道Gap模板和目标换道Gap,以使目标车辆可以通过所述目标换道Gap模板,安全高效的插车至目标换道Gap。例如:目标车辆可以根据换道Gap模板选择前方或者后方的换道Gap,以实现车辆的加速或者减速,汇入目标车道,保证了目标车辆在道路上的安全换道行驶,不会因为超速或相撞造成安全事故,提升了车辆的行驶安全。而且,这种通过对比换道Gap模板与换道Gap之间的Gap属性相似度,并从多个换道Gap中筛选出与已有的换道Gap模板中相似度最高的一个换道Gap做为目标车辆的换道Gap,可以保证车辆在换道过程中不需要长时间检测目标车道内的车辆行驶状态,只需要确定多个换道Gap后,直接对比换道Gap模板确定多个换道Gap中目标换道Gap,减少了在换道过程中大量的标定车辆的行驶参数,提高了目标车辆选择换道Gap的效率。其次,根据换道Gap的Gap属性,从多个换道Gap模板中筛选出最适合的换道Gap模板(目标换道Gap模板),该换道Gap模板可以使车辆在拥有更合适的更精细化的行驶先验信息(如:预设Gap属性)的前提下,使得乘客有更高的舒适 性和平稳性的乘坐体验。例如:目标车辆根据预设Gap属性,在换道过程中对车辆的速度进行调整时可以有更加精确的调整范围。Through the embodiments of the present application, when the vehicle changes from the current lane to the target lane, the vehicle can actively select the appropriate insertion gap Gap (ie, the lane change gap) in the target lane, and change lanes to the target lane through the insertion gap to ensure In the course of the target vehicle changing lanes, the active selection of the road section where the vehicle is about to change lanes can better meet the driving needs of the target vehicle, and avoid the default selection of the nearest lane change gap to the target vehicle, and the target cannot be guaranteed. The vehicle changes lanes safely and comfortably. Among them, when the vehicle insertion gap is actively selected, the preset Gap attributes corresponding to multiple lane-changing gap templates are compared with the Gap attributes corresponding to multiple lane-changing gaps, and the pair with the highest similarity is selected as the target lane-changing gap. Template and target lane-changing Gap, so that the target vehicle can pass the target lane-changing Gap template to safely and efficiently insert the vehicle to the target lane-changing Gap. For example, the target vehicle can select the front or rear lane change gap according to the lane change gap template to realize the acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle and merge into the target lane to ensure that the target vehicle can safely change lanes on the road without overspeeding or The collision caused a safety accident and improved the driving safety of the vehicle. Moreover, by comparing the Gap attribute similarity between the lane-changing Gap template and the lane-changing Gap, the lane-changing Gap with the highest similarity among the existing lane-changing Gap templates is selected from multiple lane-changing Gaps. The lane-changing gap for the target vehicle can ensure that the vehicle does not need to detect the driving state of the vehicle in the target lane for a long time during the lane-changing process. It only needs to determine multiple lane-changing gaps and directly compare the lane-changing gap template to determine multiple lane-changes. The target lane-changing Gap in the Gap reduces the driving parameters of a large number of calibrated vehicles during the lane-changing process, and improves the efficiency of the target vehicle in selecting the lane-changing Gap. Secondly, according to the Gap attributes of the lane-changing Gap, the most suitable lane-changing Gap template (target lane-changing Gap template) is selected from multiple lane-changing Gap templates. This lane-changing Gap template can make the vehicle have more suitable and refined Under the premise of advanced driving information (such as preset Gap attributes), passengers have a higher comfort and smooth ride experience. For example, the target vehicle can have a more precise adjustment range when adjusting the speed of the vehicle during the lane change process according to the preset Gap attributes.
其中,请参考附图3I和附图3J,图3I是本申请实施例提供的一种在应用场景下控制目标车辆由当前车道换道至目标换道Gap的车载屏幕示意图。图3J是本申请实施例提供的一种应用于图3I的车辆换道至目标换道Gap的场景示意图。Please refer to FIG. 3I and FIG. 3J. FIG. 3I is a schematic diagram of an on-board screen for controlling a target vehicle to change lanes from a current lane to a target lane change gap in an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 3J is a schematic diagram of a scene that is applied to the vehicle lane changing to the target lane changing Gap of FIG. 3I according to an embodiment of the present application.
应用场景:在目标车辆沿四车道向前行驶时,目标车辆前方没有行驶的车辆,若确定目标车辆需要进行换道操作的情况下,实行如下步骤:Application scenario: When the target vehicle is driving along four lanes, there is no vehicle in front of the target vehicle. If it is determined that the target vehicle needs to change lanes, the following steps are taken:
1、获取目标车辆当前行驶状态,该行驶状态包括:目标车辆的速度、目标车辆要换到的目标车道,以及目标车道上的四个换道Gap以及每个换道Gap对应的Gap属性。如图3I中(1)所示,目标车道上的有四个换道Gap(Gap1、Gap2、Gap3、Gap4),可供所述目标车辆进行换道,其中,路况显示图中,五角星代表目标车辆。1. Obtain the current driving state of the target vehicle. The driving state includes: the speed of the target vehicle, the target lane to which the target vehicle is to be changed, and the four lane-changing gaps on the target lane and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap. As shown in Figure 3I (1), there are four lane-changing Gaps (Gap1, Gap2, Gap3, Gap4) in the target lane, which can be used for lane-changing by the target vehicle. In the road condition display diagram, the five-pointed star represents Target vehicle.
2、目标车辆将自车当前的速度与预先获得的Gap模板集合匹配,从该Gap模板集合中获取匹配的两个换道Gap模板,如图3I中(1)所示,Gap模板集合有两个换道Gap模板(模板1与模板2)与目标车辆的速度匹配。2. The target vehicle matches the current speed of its own vehicle with the pre-obtained Gap template set, and obtains two matching Gap templates from the Gap template set. As shown in (1) in Figure 3I, there are two Gap template sets. Two lane-changing Gap templates (template 1 and template 2) match the speed of the target vehicle.
3、将上述获得的两个换道Gap模板与四个换道Gap进行相似度匹配,获得相似度最高的一对换道Gap模板与换道Gap,如图3I中(2)所示,Gap2与模板2的相似度最高为89%。3. Perform similarity matching between the two lane-changing Gap templates obtained above and the four lane-changing Gaps, and obtain the pair of lane-changing Gap templates and lane-changing Gaps with the highest similarity, as shown in (2) in Figure 3I, Gap2 The highest similarity with template 2 is 89%.
4、通过获得的目标换道Gap模板(模板2),控制目标车辆换道至目标换道Gap(Gap2)中。如图3J所示,控制目标车辆加速由当前车道换道至Gap2。4. Through the obtained target lane-changing Gap template (template 2), control the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane-changing Gap (Gap2). As shown in Figure 3J, the target vehicle is controlled to accelerate from the current lane to Gap2.
上述详细阐述了本申请实施例的方法,下面提供了本申请实施例的相关装置。The foregoing describes the method of the embodiment of the present application in detail, and the relevant device of the embodiment of the present application is provided below.
请参见图4A,图4A是本申请实施例提供的又一种车辆换道装置的结构示意图,该车辆换道装置30可以包括第一获取单元401,模板单元402,第二获取单元403和控制单元404,还可以包括第一计算单元405和接收单元406。其中,各个单元的详细描述如下。Please refer to FIG. 4A, which is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The vehicle lane changing device 30 may include a first acquiring unit 401, a template unit 402, a second acquiring unit 403, and a control The unit 404 may also include a first calculating unit 405 and a receiving unit 406. Among them, the detailed description of each unit is as follows.
第一获取单元401,用于获取目标车辆的当前速度、目标车道上的N个换道Gap以及每个换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙,所述Gap属性包括对应换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的距离、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的速度差、所述目标车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述目标车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述目标车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,N为大于或等于1的整数;The first acquiring unit 401 is configured to acquire the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps on the target lane, and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap, where the target lane is where the target vehicle will change lanes The lane change Gap is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane, and the Gap attribute includes the Gap length of the corresponding lane change Gap, and the distance between the corresponding lane change Gap and the target vehicle One of the distance between the corresponding lane change Gap and the target vehicle, the distance between the target vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the target vehicle and the first vehicle Or more, the first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
模板单元402,用于根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数;The template unit 402 is configured to obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed, and the M Each lane-changing Gap template in the lane-changing Gap template includes a preset lane-changing Gap and a preset Gap attribute. The preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, where M is greater than or equal to 1. Integer
第二获取单元403,用于从所述N个换道Gap与所述M个换道Gap模板中获取目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板,其中,所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性与所述目标换道 Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性相似度最高;The second acquiring unit 403 is configured to acquire a target lane-changing Gap and a target lane-changing Gap template from the N lane-changing Gap and the M lane-changing Gap templates, wherein the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap The preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane change Gap template has the highest similarity;
控制单元404,用于根据所述目标换道Gap模板,控制所述目标车辆换道至所述目标换道Gap。The control unit 404 is configured to control the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane change Gap according to the target lane change Gap template.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二获取单元403,具体用于:计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度;将相似度排序后,获得相似度最高的一对换道Gap和换道Gap模板为所述目标换道Gap和所述目标换道Gap模板。In a possible implementation manner, the second acquiring unit 403 is specifically configured to: calculate the Gap attribute of each lane-changing gap in the N lane-changing gaps and each of the M lane-changing gap templates The similarity between the preset Gap attributes of the lane-changing Gap template; after sorting the similarities, the pair of lane-changing Gap and lane-changing Gap templates with the highest similarity are obtained as the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:第一计算单元405,用于根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板之后,根据所述当前速度,分别确定所述目标车辆与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板匹配的概率;所述第二获取单元403,还具体用于:根据所述目标车辆与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板匹配的概率,基于标准化欧式距离评估方法,计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度。In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes: a first calculation unit 405, configured to obtain and from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed After the M lane-changing Gap templates matched by the current speed, determine the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates according to the current speed; the second The acquiring unit 403 is further specifically configured to: according to the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane-changing gap template of the M lane-changing gap templates, and based on a standardized Euclidean distance evaluation method, calculate the number of lane-changing gaps. The similarity between the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap and the preset Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述目标换道Gap模板还包括预设换道轨迹;所述控制单元404,具体用于根据所述目标换道Gap的Gap属性和所述预设换道轨迹,确定所述目标车辆的换道时间和换道轨迹;根据所述换道时间和所述换道轨迹,控制所述目标车辆由所述当前车道换道至所述目标换道Gap。In a possible implementation manner, the target lane-changing Gap template further includes a preset lane-changing trajectory; the control unit 404 is specifically configured to change according to the Gap attribute of the target lane-changing Gap and the preset lane-changing Trajectory, determining the lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle; according to the lane-changing time and the lane-changing trajectory, controlling the target vehicle to change lanes from the current lane to the target lane-changing gap.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:接收单元406,用于接收并保存服务设备发送的所述Gap模板集合。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus further includes: a receiving unit 406, configured to receive and save the Gap template set sent by the service device.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中所描述的车辆换道装置20中各功能单元的功能可参见上述图3A中所述的方法实施例中步骤S306-步骤S309的相关描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the functions of each functional unit in the vehicle lane changing device 20 described in the embodiment of the present application can refer to the related description of step S306 to step S309 in the method embodiment described in FIG. 3A, and will not be omitted here. Go into details.
请参见图4B,图4B是本申请实施例提供的又一种车辆换道装置的结构示意图,该车辆换道装置40可以应用于上述图1A和图1B所述服务设备001中,包括发送单元410,还可以包括第三获取单元420,划分单元430,第二计算单元440,第四获取单元450和删除单元460。其中,各个单元的详细描述如下。Please refer to FIG. 4B. FIG. 4B is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The vehicle lane changing device 40 may be applied to the service equipment 001 described in FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B, and includes a sending unit 410 may further include a third acquiring unit 420, a dividing unit 430, a second calculating unit 440, a fourth acquiring unit 450, and a deleting unit 460. Among them, the detailed description of each unit is as follows.
发送单元410,用于向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合,其中,所述Gap模板集合,用于所述目标车辆根据所述Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述目标车辆的当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,所述Gap属性包括对应预设换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应预设换道Gap与换道车辆之间的距离、所述对应预设换道Gap与所述换道车辆之间的速度差、所述换道车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述换道车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述换道车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,所述目标车辆属于所述换道车辆,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数;The sending unit 410 is configured to send a set of Gap templates to a target vehicle, where the set of Gap templates is used by the target vehicle according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the set of Gap templates and the speed of the vehicle. Acquiring M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed of the target vehicle from the Gap template set, each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates includes a preset lane-changing gap and preset Gap attributes, The preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, and the Gap attribute includes the Gap length corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, and the distance between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle , The speed difference between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the distance between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle The first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the lane-changing vehicle is currently located, and the target vehicle belongs to the lane-changing vehicle, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
所述M个换道Gap模板用于所述目标车辆从所述M个换道Gap模板以及目标车道上的N个换道Gap中获取目标换道Gap模板与目标换道Gap,其中,所述目标换道Gap模板 对应的预设Gap属性与所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性相似度最高,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙。The M lane-changing Gap templates are used for the target vehicle to obtain the target lane-changing Gap template and the target lane-changing Gap from the M lane-changing Gap templates and the N lane-changing Gaps in the target lane, wherein the The preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap template has the highest similarity with the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap. The target lane is the lane to which the target vehicle will change lanes, and the lane-changing Gap is the The gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:第三获取单元420,用于向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合之前,获取多个换道样本数据,其中,每个换道样本数据均与一个车辆速度对应,所述每个换道样本数据包括样本换道Gap以及样本Gap属性,所述样本Gap属性为所述样本换道Gap对应的Gap属性;划分单元430,用于根据所述每个换道样本数据对应的车辆速度的大小,将所述多个换道样本数据分别划分至多个不同速度段的数据集合中,其中,所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个速度段的数据集合均与相邻的两个速度段的数据集合有交集;第二计算单元440,用于计算每个速度段的数据集合中包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本Gap属性平均值,获得每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板;第四获取单元450,用于根据所述每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板,获得所述多个换道样本数据对应的所述Gap模板集合以及所述Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系。In a possible implementation, the device further includes: a third acquiring unit 420, configured to acquire multiple lane change sample data before sending the Gap template set to the target vehicle, wherein each lane change sample data is Corresponds to a vehicle speed, each lane change sample data includes a sample lane change Gap and a sample Gap attribute, the sample Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the sample lane change Gap; the dividing unit 430 is configured to Each lane-changing sample data corresponds to the size of the vehicle speed, the multiple lane-changing sample data are respectively divided into a plurality of data sets of different speed sections, wherein each speed section in the plurality of data sets of different speed sections The data sets of both have an intersection with the data sets of two adjacent speed sections; the second calculation unit 440 is used to calculate the sample Gap attribute corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed section The average value is used to obtain the lane change Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section; the fourth obtaining unit 450 is configured to obtain the multiple lane change Gap templates corresponding to the data set of each speed section. The Gap template set corresponding to the sample data and the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:删除单元460,用于在根据所述每个换道样本数据对应的车辆速度的大小,将所述多个换道样本数据分别划分至多个不同速度段的数据集合中之后,删除所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个数据集合包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本换道Gap以及样本Gap属性中,不满足三西格玛3sigma准则的换道样本数据。In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes: a deleting unit 460, configured to divide the plurality of lane-changing sample data at most according to the magnitude of the vehicle speed corresponding to each lane-changing sample data. After the data sets of different speed sections are deleted, the sample lane change gap corresponding to one or more lane change sample data contained in each data set of the multiple different speed section data sets and the sample gap attributes are not satisfied The sample data of lane change based on the 3sigma criterion.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中所描述的车辆换道装置20中各功能单元的功能可参见上述图3A中所述的方法实施例中步骤S301-步骤S305的相关描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the functions of each functional unit in the vehicle lane changing device 20 described in the embodiment of the present application can refer to the related description of step S301 to step S305 in the method embodiment described in FIG. 3A, and will not be omitted here. Go into details.
如图5A所示,图5A是本申请实施例提供的又一种车辆换道装置结构示意图,该设备50包括至少一个处理器501,至少一个存储器502、至少一个通信接口503。此外,该设备还可以包括天线等通用部件,在此不再详述。As shown in FIG. 5A, FIG. 5A is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 50 includes at least one processor 501, at least one memory 502, and at least one communication interface 503. In addition, the device may also include general components such as antennas, which will not be described in detail here.
处理器501可以是通用中央处理器(CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制以上方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 501 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits used to control the execution of the above program programs.
通信接口503,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,无线接入网(RAN),核心网,无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)等。The communication interface 503 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access network (RAN), core network, wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.
存储器502可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过总线与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 502 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions The dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory, EEPROM), CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this. The memory can exist independently and is connected to the processor through a bus. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中,所述存储器502用于存储执行以上方案的应用程序代码,并由处理器501来控 制执行。所述处理器501用于执行所述存储器502中存储的应用程序代码。Wherein, the memory 502 is used to store application program codes for executing the above solutions, and the processor 501 controls the execution. The processor 501 is configured to execute application program codes stored in the memory 502.
存储器502存储的代码可执行以上图3A提供的车辆行驶控制方法,比如获取目标车辆的当前速度、目标车道上的N个换道Gap以及每个换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙,所述Gap属性包括对应换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的距离、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的速度差、所述目标车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述目标车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述目标车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,N为大于或等于1的整数;根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数;从所述N个换道Gap与所述M个换道Gap模板中获取目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板,其中,所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性与所述目标换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性相似度最高;通过所述目标换道Gap模板,控制所述目标车辆换道至所述目标换道Gap。The code stored in the memory 502 can execute the vehicle driving control method provided in FIG. 3A, such as obtaining the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps on the target lane, and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap, where the target The lane is the lane to which the target vehicle will change lanes, the lane change Gap is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane, and the Gap attribute includes the Gap length of the corresponding lane change Gap, and the corresponding The distance between the lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, the speed difference between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, the distance between the target vehicle and the first vehicle, and the distance between the target vehicle and the first vehicle One or more of the speed difference between a vehicle, the first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1; according to each of the Gap template sets The mapping relationship between lane-changing Gap templates and vehicle speeds, M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed are obtained from the Gap template set, and each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates includes a preset Set lane-changing Gap and preset Gap attributes, the preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1; Obtaining the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template from the M lane-changing Gap templates, wherein the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap and the preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap template have the highest similarity; Through the target lane-changing Gap template, the target vehicle is controlled to change lanes to the target lane-changing Gap.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中所描述的车辆换道装置30中各功能单元的功能可参见上述图3A中所述的方法实施例中的步骤S306-步骤S309相关描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the function of each functional unit in the vehicle lane changing device 30 described in the embodiment of the present application can refer to the related description of step S306 to step S309 in the method embodiment described in FIG. 3A, which will not be omitted here. Go into details.
如图5B所示,图5B是本申请实施例提供的又一种车辆换道装置结构示意图,该设备60包括至少一个处理器511,至少一个存储器512、至少一个通信接口513。此外,该设备还可以包括天线等通用部件,在此不再详述。As shown in FIG. 5B, FIG. 5B is a schematic structural diagram of another vehicle lane changing device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 60 includes at least one processor 511, at least one memory 512, and at least one communication interface 513. In addition, the device may also include general components such as antennas, which will not be described in detail here.
处理器511可以是通用中央处理器(CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制以上方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 511 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the programs in the above scheme.
通信接口513,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,无线接入网(RAN),核心网,无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)等。The communication interface 513 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), core network, wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.
存储器512可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过总线与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 512 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions The dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory, EEPROM), CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this. The memory can exist independently and is connected to the processor through a bus. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中,所述存储器512用于存储执行以上方案的应用程序代码,并由处理器511来控制执行。所述处理器511用于执行所述存储器512中存储的应用程序代码。Wherein, the memory 512 is used to store application program codes for executing the above solutions, and the processor 511 controls the execution. The processor 511 is configured to execute the application program code stored in the memory 512.
存储器512存储的代码可执行以上图3A提供的车辆行驶控制方法,比如向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合,其中,所述Gap模板集合,用于所述目标车辆根据所述Gap模板集合 中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述目标车辆的当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,所述Gap属性包括对应预设换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应预设换道Gap与换道车辆之间的距离、所述对应预设换道Gap与所述换道车辆之间的速度差、所述换道车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述换道车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述换道车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,所述目标车辆属于所述换道车辆,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数;所述M个换道Gap模板用于所述目标车辆从所述M个换道Gap模板以及目标车道上的N个换道Gap中获取目标换道Gap模板与目标换道Gap,其中,所述目标换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性与所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性相似度最高,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙。The code stored in the memory 512 can execute the vehicle driving control method provided in FIG. 3A, such as sending a set of Gap templates to a target vehicle, where the set of Gap templates is used for the target vehicle to change according to each of the set of Gap templates. The mapping relationship between lane Gap templates and vehicle speeds, obtaining M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed of the target vehicle from the Gap template set, and each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates Including a preset lane changing gap and a preset gap attribute, the preset gap attribute being the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane changing gap, the gap attribute including the gap length corresponding to the preset lane changing gap, the corresponding preset gap Set the distance between the lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the speed difference between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the distance between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle, and the lane-changing One or more of the speed difference between the vehicle and the first vehicle, where the first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the lane-changing vehicle is currently located, and the target vehicle belongs to the lane-changing vehicle , Where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1; the M lane-changing gap templates are used by the target vehicle to obtain the target lane-changing gap from the M lane-changing gap templates and the N lane-changing gaps on the target lane Gap template and target lane-changing Gap, wherein the preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap template has the highest similarity with the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap, and the target lane is that the target vehicle will change lanes To the lane, the lane change Gap is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane.
在上述实施例中,对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重,某个实施例中没有详述的部分,可以参见其他实施例的相关描述。In the above-mentioned embodiments, the description of each embodiment has its own emphasis. For parts that are not described in detail in an embodiment, reference may be made to related descriptions of other embodiments.
需要说明的是,对于前述的各方法实施例,为了简单描述,故将其都表述为一系列的动作组合,但是本领域技术人员应该知悉,本申请并不受所描述的动作顺序的限制,因为依据本申请,某些步骤可能可以采用其他顺序或者同时进行。其次,本领域技术人员也应该知悉,说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施例,所涉及的动作和模块并不一定是本申请所必须的。It should be noted that for the foregoing method embodiments, for the sake of simple description, they are all expressed as a series of action combinations, but those skilled in the art should know that this application is not limited by the described sequence of actions. Because according to this application, some steps may be performed in other order or at the same time. Secondly, those skilled in the art should also know that the embodiments described in the specification are all preferred embodiments, and the actions and modules involved are not necessarily required by this application.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置,可通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如上述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed device may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative, for example, the division of the above-mentioned units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or integrated. To another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical or other forms.
上述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described above as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in the embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
上述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以为个人计算机、服务端或者网络设备等,具体可以是计算机设备中的处理器)执行本申请各个实施例上述方法的全部或部分步骤。其中,而前述的存储介质可包括:U盘、移动 硬盘、磁碟、光盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,缩写:ROM)或者随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,缩写:RAM)等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the above integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , Including several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server or a network device, etc., specifically a processor in a computer device) to execute all or part of the steps of the above methods of the various embodiments of the present application. Among them, the aforementioned storage media may include: U disk, mobile hard disk, magnetic disk, optical disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, abbreviation: ROM) or Random Access Memory (Random Access Memory, abbreviation: RAM), etc. A medium that can store program codes.
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。As mentioned above, the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present application, but not to limit them; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that: The technical solutions recorded in the embodiments are modified, or some of the technical features are equivalently replaced; and these modifications or replacements do not cause the essence of the corresponding technical solutions to deviate from the spirit and scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.

Claims (18)

  1. 一种车辆换道的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for changing lanes of a vehicle, which is characterized in that it includes:
    获取目标车辆的当前速度、目标车道上的N个换道Gap以及每个换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙,所述Gap属性包括对应换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的距离、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的速度差、所述目标车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述目标车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述目标车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,N为大于或等于1的整数;Acquire the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps in the target lane, and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap, where the target lane is the lane to which the target vehicle will change lanes, and the lane-changing gap Is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane, and the Gap attributes include the Gap length of the corresponding lane-changing Gap, the distance between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle, and the corresponding lane-changing Gap. One or more of the speed difference between the Gap and the target vehicle, the distance between the target vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the target vehicle and the first vehicle, the first The vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
    根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数;According to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed, obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set, and each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates A lane-changing gap template includes a preset lane-changing Gap and preset Gap attributes, where the preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
    从所述N个换道Gap与所述M个换道Gap模板中获取目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板,其中,所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性与所述目标换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性相似度最高;Obtain a target lane change Gap and a target lane change Gap template from the N lane change Gap and the M lane change Gap templates, wherein the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane change Gap is the same as the target lane change Gap template The corresponding preset Gap attribute has the highest similarity;
    通过所述目标换道Gap模板,控制所述目标车辆换道至所述目标换道Gap。Through the target lane-changing Gap template, the target vehicle is controlled to change lanes to the target lane-changing Gap.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述方法,其特征在于,所述从所述N个换道Gap与所述M个换道Gap模板中获取目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the acquiring a target lane changing Gap and a target lane changing Gap template from the N lane changing Gap and the M lane changing Gap templates comprises:
    计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度;Calculating the similarity between the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap in the N lane-changing gaps and the preset Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates;
    将相似度排序后,获得相似度最高的一对换道Gap和换道Gap模板为所述目标换道Gap和所述目标换道Gap模板。After sorting the similarities, a pair of lane-changing Gap and lane-changing Gap templates with the highest similarity are obtained as the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述方法,其特征在于,所述根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板之后,还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that, according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed, the M that matches the current speed is obtained from the Gap template set. After a Gap template for changing lanes, it also includes:
    根据所述当前速度,分别确定所述目标车辆与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板匹配的概率;According to the current speed, respectively determine the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates;
    所述计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度,包括:The calculating the similarity between the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap in the N lane-changing gaps and the preset Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates includes:
    根据所述目标车辆与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板匹配的概率,基于标准化欧式距离评估方法,计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度。According to the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane-changing gap template in the M lane-changing gap templates, and based on the standardized Euclidean distance evaluation method, calculate the Gap attribute of each lane-changing gap in the N lane-changing gaps and The similarity between the preset Gap attributes of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3所述任意一项方法,其特征在于,所述目标换道Gap模板还包括 预设换道轨迹;所述通过所述目标换道Gap模板,控制所述目标车辆换道至所述目标换道Gap包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the target lane-changing Gap template further comprises a preset lane-changing trajectory; and the target vehicle is controlled to change lanes through the target lane-changing Gap template Gap to the target lane change includes:
    根据所述目标换道Gap的Gap属性和所述预设换道轨迹,确定所述目标车辆的换道时间和换道轨迹;Determining the lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle according to the Gap attribute of the target lane-changing Gap and the preset lane-changing trajectory;
    根据所述换道时间和所述换道轨迹,控制所述目标车辆由所述当前车道换道至所述目标换道Gap。According to the lane change time and the lane change trajectory, the target vehicle is controlled to change lanes from the current lane to the target lane change Gap.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4所述任意一项方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收并保存服务设备发送的所述Gap模板集合。Receive and save the Gap template set sent by the service device.
  6. 一种车辆换道的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for changing lanes of a vehicle, which is characterized in that it includes:
    向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合,其中,所述Gap模板集合,用于所述目标车辆根据所述Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述目标车辆的当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,所述Gap属性包括对应预设换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应预设换道Gap与换道车辆之间的距离、所述对应预设换道Gap与所述换道车辆之间的速度差、所述换道车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述换道车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述换道车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,所述目标车辆属于所述换道车辆,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数;Send a Gap template set to the target vehicle, where the Gap template set is used for the target vehicle to obtain from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed M lane-changing gap templates matching the current speed of the target vehicle, each lane-changing gap template of the M lane-changing gap templates includes a preset lane-changing gap and a preset gap attribute, the preset gap attribute Is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, and the Gap attribute includes the Gap length corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, the distance between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, and the corresponding preset One or more of the speed difference between the lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the distance between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle The first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the lane-changing vehicle is currently located, and the target vehicle belongs to the lane-changing vehicle, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
    所述M个换道Gap模板用于所述目标车辆从所述M个换道Gap模板以及目标车道上的N个换道Gap中获取目标换道Gap模板与目标换道Gap,其中,所述目标换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性与所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性相似度最高,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙。The M lane-changing Gap templates are used for the target vehicle to obtain the target lane-changing Gap template and the target lane-changing Gap from the M lane-changing Gap templates and the N lane-changing Gaps in the target lane, wherein the The preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap template has the highest similarity with the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap. The target lane is the lane to which the target vehicle will change lanes, and the lane-changing Gap is the The gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述方法,其特征在于,所述向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合之前,还包括:The method according to claim 6, characterized in that, before sending the Gap template set to the target vehicle, the method further comprises:
    获取多个换道样本数据,其中,每个换道样本数据均与一个车辆速度对应,所述每个换道样本数据包括样本换道Gap以及样本Gap属性,所述样本Gap属性为所述样本换道Gap对应的Gap属性;Acquire multiple lane changing sample data, where each lane changing sample data corresponds to a vehicle speed, and each lane changing sample data includes a sample lane changing gap and a sample gap attribute, and the sample gap attribute is the sample The Gap attribute corresponding to the Gap when changing lanes;
    根据所述每个换道样本数据对应的车辆速度的大小,将所述多个换道样本数据分别划分至多个不同速度段的数据集合中,其中,所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个速度段的数据集合均与相邻的两个速度段的数据集合有交集;According to the size of the vehicle speed corresponding to each of the lane-changing sample data, the multiple lane-changing sample data are respectively divided into a plurality of data sets of different speed sections, wherein the data sets of the multiple different speed sections are The data set of each speed section has an intersection with the data sets of two adjacent speed sections;
    计算每个速度段的数据集合中包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本Gap属性平均值,获得每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板;Calculate the average value of the sample Gap attributes corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed section, and obtain the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section;
    根据所述每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板,获得所述多个换道样本数据对应的所述Gap模板集合以及所述Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系。According to the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed segment, the Gap template set corresponding to the multiple lane-changing sample data and the relationship between each lane-changing Gap template and the vehicle speed in the Gap template set are obtained. Mapping relations.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述每个换道样本数据对应的车辆速度的大小,将所述多个换道样本数据分别划分至多个不同速度段的数据集合中之后,还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the plurality of lane-changing sample data are respectively divided into a plurality of data sets of different speed segments according to the size of the vehicle speed corresponding to each of the lane-changing sample data After that, it also includes:
    删除所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个数据集合包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本换道Gap以及样本Gap属性中,不满足三西格玛3sigma准则的换道样本数据。The sample lane change Gap corresponding to one or more lane change sample data contained in each data set in the multiple data sets of different speed segments and the lane change sample data that do not meet the three sigma and 3 sigma criteria in the sample Gap attribute are deleted.
  9. 一种车辆换道装置,其特征在于,包括:A vehicle lane changing device is characterized in that it comprises:
    第一获取单元,用于获取目标车辆的当前速度、目标车道上的N个换道Gap以及每个换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙,所述Gap属性包括对应换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的距离、所述对应换道Gap与所述目标车辆之间的速度差、所述目标车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述目标车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述目标车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,N为大于或等于1的整数;The first acquiring unit is used to acquire the current speed of the target vehicle, the N lane-changing gaps on the target lane, and the Gap attribute corresponding to each lane-changing gap, where the target lane is the target vehicle to which the target vehicle will change lanes. Lane, the lane-changing Gap is the gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane, and the Gap attribute includes the Gap length of the corresponding lane-changing Gap, and the distance between the corresponding lane-changing Gap and the target vehicle Or Multiple, the first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the target vehicle is currently located, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
    模板单元,用于根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数;The template unit is used to obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed. Each lane change Gap template in the lane change Gap template includes a preset lane change Gap and a preset Gap attribute, the preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane change Gap, where M is greater than or equal to 1 Integer
    第二获取单元,用于从所述N个换道Gap与所述M个换道Gap模板中获取目标换道Gap和目标换道Gap模板,其中,所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性与所述目标换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性相似度最高;The second acquiring unit is configured to acquire a target lane-changing Gap and a target lane-changing Gap template from the N lane-changing Gap and the M lane-changing Gap templates, wherein the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap is the same as The preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane change Gap template has the highest similarity;
    控制单元,用于根据所述目标换道Gap模板,控制所述目标车辆换道至所述目标换道Gap。The control unit is configured to control the target vehicle to change lanes to the target lane change Gap according to the target lane change Gap template.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述装置,其特征在于,所述第二获取单元,具体用于:The device according to claim 9, wherein the second acquiring unit is specifically configured to:
    计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间的相似度;Calculating the similarity between the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap in the N lane-changing gaps and the preset Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates;
    将相似度排序后,获得相似度最高的一对换道Gap和换道Gap模板为所述目标换道Gap和所述目标换道Gap模板。After sorting the similarities, a pair of lane-changing Gap and lane-changing Gap templates with the highest similarity are obtained as the target lane-changing Gap and the target lane-changing Gap template.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the device further comprises:
    第一计算单元,用于根据Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板之后,根据所述当前速度,分别确定所述目标车辆与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板匹配的概率;The first calculation unit is configured to obtain the M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed from the Gap template set according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the Gap template set and the vehicle speed. The current speed, respectively determining the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates;
    所述第二获取单元,还具体用于:根据所述目标车辆与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板匹配的概率,基于标准化欧式距离评估方法,计算所述N个换道Gap中每个换道Gap的Gap属性与所述M个换道Gap模板中每个换道Gap模板的预设Gap属性之间 的相似度。The second acquiring unit is further specifically configured to: according to the probability that the target vehicle matches each lane-changing Gap template of the M lane-changing Gap templates, and based on a standardized Euclidean distance evaluation method, calculate the N conversions The degree of similarity between the Gap attribute of each lane-changing Gap in the lane Gap and the preset Gap attributes of each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates.
  12. 根据权利要求9-11所述任意一项装置,其特征在于,所述目标换道Gap模板还包括预设换道轨迹;The device according to any one of claims 9-11, wherein the target lane-changing Gap template further comprises a preset lane-changing trajectory;
    所述控制单元,具体用于根据所述目标换道Gap的Gap属性和所述预设换道轨迹,确定所述目标车辆的换道时间和换道轨迹;The control unit is specifically configured to determine the lane-changing time and lane-changing trajectory of the target vehicle according to the Gap attribute of the target lane-changing Gap and the preset lane-changing trajectory;
    根据所述换道时间和所述换道轨迹,控制所述目标车辆由所述当前车道换道至所述目标换道Gap。According to the lane change time and the lane change trajectory, the target vehicle is controlled to change lanes from the current lane to the target lane change Gap.
  13. 根据权利要求9-12所述任意一项装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 9-12, wherein the device further comprises:
    接收单元,用于接收并保存服务设备发送的所述Gap模板集合。The receiving unit is configured to receive and save the Gap template set sent by the service device.
  14. 一种车辆换道的装置,其特征在于,包括:A vehicle lane changing device is characterized in that it comprises:
    发送单元,用于向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合,其中,所述Gap模板集合,用于所述目标车辆根据所述Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与车辆速度的映射关系,从所述Gap模板集合中获取与所述目标车辆的当前速度匹配的M个换道Gap模板,所述M个换道Gap模板中每一个换道Gap模板包括预设换道Gap以及预设Gap属性,所述预设Gap属性为所述预设换道Gap对应的Gap属性,所述Gap属性包括对应预设换道Gap的Gap长度、所述对应预设换道Gap与换道车辆之间的距离、所述对应预设换道Gap与所述换道车辆之间的速度差、所述换道车辆与第一车辆之间距离以及所述换道车辆与所述第一车辆之间的速度差中的一个或多个,所述第一车辆为所述换道车辆当前所在车道上的前一辆车辆,所述目标车辆属于所述换道车辆,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数;The sending unit is configured to send a set of Gap templates to a target vehicle, where the set of Gap templates is used by the target vehicle according to the mapping relationship between each lane-changing Gap template in the set of Gap templates and the vehicle speed, from the Obtain M lane-changing Gap templates matching the current speed of the target vehicle from the Gap template set. Each lane-changing Gap template in the M lane-changing Gap templates includes preset lane-changing gaps and preset Gap attributes, so The preset Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, and the Gap attribute includes the Gap length corresponding to the preset lane-changing Gap, the distance between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, The speed difference between the corresponding preset lane-changing Gap and the lane-changing vehicle, the distance between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle, and the speed difference between the lane-changing vehicle and the first vehicle The first vehicle is the previous vehicle in the lane where the lane-changing vehicle is currently located, and the target vehicle belongs to the lane-changing vehicle, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
    所述M个换道Gap模板用于所述目标车辆从所述M个换道Gap模板以及目标车道上的N个换道Gap中获取目标换道Gap模板与目标换道Gap,其中,所述目标换道Gap模板对应的预设Gap属性与所述目标换道Gap对应的Gap属性相似度最高,所述目标车道为所述目标车辆将换道至的车道,所述换道Gap为所述目标车道上两个相邻车辆之间的间隙。The M lane-changing Gap templates are used for the target vehicle to obtain the target lane-changing Gap template and the target lane-changing Gap from the M lane-changing Gap templates and the N lane-changing Gaps in the target lane, wherein the The preset Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap template has the highest similarity with the Gap attribute corresponding to the target lane-changing Gap. The target lane is the lane to which the target vehicle will change lanes, and the lane-changing Gap is the The gap between two adjacent vehicles on the target lane.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 14, wherein the device further comprises:
    第三获取单元,用于向目标车辆发送Gap模板集合之前,获取多个换道样本数据,其中,每个换道样本数据均与一个车辆速度对应,所述每个换道样本数据包括样本换道Gap以及样本Gap属性,所述样本Gap属性为所述样本换道Gap对应的Gap属性;The third acquiring unit is used to acquire multiple lane change sample data before sending the Gap template set to the target vehicle, wherein each lane change sample data corresponds to a vehicle speed, and each lane change sample data includes sample change Gap and a sample Gap attribute, where the sample Gap attribute is the Gap attribute corresponding to the sample change Gap;
    划分单元,用于根据所述每个换道样本数据对应的车辆速度的大小,将所述多个换道样本数据分别划分至多个不同速度段的数据集合中,其中,所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个速度段的数据集合均与相邻的两个速度段的数据集合有交集;The dividing unit is configured to divide the multiple lane change sample data into multiple data sets of different speed segments according to the magnitude of the vehicle speed corresponding to each lane change sample data, wherein the multiple different speeds The data collection of each speed segment in the data collection of the segments has an intersection with the data collections of two adjacent speed segments;
    第二计算单元,用于计算每个速度段的数据集合中包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本Gap属性平均值,获得每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板;The second calculation unit is used to calculate the average value of sample Gap attributes corresponding to one or more lane-changing sample data contained in the data set of each speed section, and obtain the lane-changing Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section;
    第四获取单元,用于根据所述每个速度段的数据集合对应的换道Gap模板,获得所述多个换道样本数据对应的所述Gap模板集合以及所述Gap模板集合中每个换道Gap模板与 车辆速度的映射关系。The fourth obtaining unit is configured to obtain the Gap template set corresponding to the multiple lane change sample data and each change in the Gap template set according to the lane change Gap template corresponding to the data set of each speed section. The mapping relationship between road Gap template and vehicle speed.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 15, wherein the device further comprises:
    删除单元,用于在根据所述每个换道样本数据对应的车辆速度的大小,将所述多个换道样本数据分别划分至多个不同速度段的数据集合中之后,删除所述多个不同速度段的数据集合中每个数据集合包含的一个或多个换道样本数据对应的样本换道Gap以及样本Gap属性中,不满足三西格玛3sigma准则的换道样本数据。The deleting unit is configured to delete the plurality of different lane change sample data after dividing the plurality of lane change sample data into a plurality of data sets of different speed segments according to the magnitude of the vehicle speed corresponding to each lane change sample data. The sample lane change Gap corresponding to one or more lane change sample data contained in each data set of the speed segment data set and the lane change sample data that does not meet the three sigma criterion in the sample Gap attribute.
  17. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述权利要求1-8任意一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium stores a computer program, which when executed by a processor implements the method according to any one of claims 1-8.
  18. 一种计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序包括指令,当所述计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-8中任意一项所述的方法。A computer program, characterized in that the computer program includes instructions, which when the computer program is executed by a computer, cause the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-8.
PCT/CN2020/080744 2020-03-23 2020-03-23 Vehicle lane changing method and related device WO2021189210A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202080004979.3A CN112672942B (en) 2020-03-23 2020-03-23 Vehicle lane changing method and related equipment
PCT/CN2020/080744 WO2021189210A1 (en) 2020-03-23 2020-03-23 Vehicle lane changing method and related device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/080744 WO2021189210A1 (en) 2020-03-23 2020-03-23 Vehicle lane changing method and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021189210A1 true WO2021189210A1 (en) 2021-09-30

Family

ID=75413873

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/080744 WO2021189210A1 (en) 2020-03-23 2020-03-23 Vehicle lane changing method and related device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112672942B (en)
WO (1) WO2021189210A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114030476A (en) * 2021-10-27 2022-02-11 东风汽车集团股份有限公司 Vehicle acceleration control method and related equipment
CN114043984A (en) * 2021-12-10 2022-02-15 合肥工业大学智能制造技术研究院 Intelligent automobile lane change control system and method based on Internet of vehicles environment
CN115662131A (en) * 2022-10-26 2023-01-31 合肥工业大学 Multi-lane cooperative lane changing method for road accident section in networking environment
CN116714591A (en) * 2023-08-09 2023-09-08 福瑞泰克智能系统有限公司 Method and device for generating lane change intention, storage medium and electronic equipment

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113658424B (en) * 2021-07-23 2022-07-12 南昌工程学院 Vehicle frequent lane change identification method and device based on sparse satellite positioning data
CN115293301B (en) * 2022-10-09 2023-01-31 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Estimation method and device for lane change direction of vehicle and storage medium

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050015203A1 (en) * 2003-07-18 2005-01-20 Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. Lane-changing support system
CN102208019A (en) * 2011-06-03 2011-10-05 东南大学 Method for detecting lane change of vehicle based on vehicle-mounted camera
CN103996287A (en) * 2014-05-26 2014-08-20 江苏大学 Vehicle forced lane changing decision-making method based on decision-making tree model
CN105912814A (en) * 2016-05-05 2016-08-31 苏州京坤达汽车电子科技有限公司 Lane change decision model of intelligent drive vehicle
CN106940933A (en) * 2017-03-08 2017-07-11 北京理工大学 A kind of intelligent vehicle decision-making lane-change method based on intelligent transportation system
CN108609012A (en) * 2018-03-14 2018-10-02 斑马网络技术有限公司 Vehicle lane change method and its vehicle-mounted central control system
CN109760681A (en) * 2017-11-02 2019-05-17 上海汽车集团股份有限公司 A kind of lane-change control method and device
CN109886198A (en) * 2019-02-21 2019-06-14 百度在线网络技术(北京)有限公司 A kind of information processing method, device and storage medium
CN110018632A (en) * 2018-06-22 2019-07-16 长城汽车股份有限公司 A kind of vehicle lane change control method and device
CN110550030A (en) * 2019-09-09 2019-12-10 深圳一清创新科技有限公司 Lane changing control method and device for unmanned vehicle, computer equipment and storage medium
CN110614994A (en) * 2018-12-29 2019-12-27 长城汽车股份有限公司 Control method and control system for lane changing during automatic driving of vehicle and vehicle
CN110619340A (en) * 2018-06-19 2019-12-27 广州汽车集团股份有限公司 Method for generating lane change rule of automatic driving automobile

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9475491B1 (en) * 2015-06-08 2016-10-25 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Lane changing for autonomous vehicles
US20190016338A1 (en) * 2016-02-18 2019-01-17 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Vehicle control device, vehicle control method, and vehicle control program
JP6800914B2 (en) * 2018-06-15 2020-12-16 本田技研工業株式会社 Vehicle control devices, vehicle control methods, and programs

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050015203A1 (en) * 2003-07-18 2005-01-20 Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. Lane-changing support system
CN102208019A (en) * 2011-06-03 2011-10-05 东南大学 Method for detecting lane change of vehicle based on vehicle-mounted camera
CN103996287A (en) * 2014-05-26 2014-08-20 江苏大学 Vehicle forced lane changing decision-making method based on decision-making tree model
CN105912814A (en) * 2016-05-05 2016-08-31 苏州京坤达汽车电子科技有限公司 Lane change decision model of intelligent drive vehicle
CN106940933A (en) * 2017-03-08 2017-07-11 北京理工大学 A kind of intelligent vehicle decision-making lane-change method based on intelligent transportation system
CN109760681A (en) * 2017-11-02 2019-05-17 上海汽车集团股份有限公司 A kind of lane-change control method and device
CN108609012A (en) * 2018-03-14 2018-10-02 斑马网络技术有限公司 Vehicle lane change method and its vehicle-mounted central control system
CN110619340A (en) * 2018-06-19 2019-12-27 广州汽车集团股份有限公司 Method for generating lane change rule of automatic driving automobile
CN110018632A (en) * 2018-06-22 2019-07-16 长城汽车股份有限公司 A kind of vehicle lane change control method and device
CN110614994A (en) * 2018-12-29 2019-12-27 长城汽车股份有限公司 Control method and control system for lane changing during automatic driving of vehicle and vehicle
CN109886198A (en) * 2019-02-21 2019-06-14 百度在线网络技术(北京)有限公司 A kind of information processing method, device and storage medium
CN110550030A (en) * 2019-09-09 2019-12-10 深圳一清创新科技有限公司 Lane changing control method and device for unmanned vehicle, computer equipment and storage medium

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114030476A (en) * 2021-10-27 2022-02-11 东风汽车集团股份有限公司 Vehicle acceleration control method and related equipment
CN114043984A (en) * 2021-12-10 2022-02-15 合肥工业大学智能制造技术研究院 Intelligent automobile lane change control system and method based on Internet of vehicles environment
CN114043984B (en) * 2021-12-10 2023-09-26 合肥工业大学智能制造技术研究院 Intelligent automobile lane change control system and method based on Internet of vehicles environment
CN115662131A (en) * 2022-10-26 2023-01-31 合肥工业大学 Multi-lane cooperative lane changing method for road accident section in networking environment
CN115662131B (en) * 2022-10-26 2023-07-25 合肥工业大学 Multi-lane collaborative lane changing method for road accident section in network environment
CN116714591A (en) * 2023-08-09 2023-09-08 福瑞泰克智能系统有限公司 Method and device for generating lane change intention, storage medium and electronic equipment
CN116714591B (en) * 2023-08-09 2023-10-24 福瑞泰克智能系统有限公司 Method and device for generating lane change intention, storage medium and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112672942A (en) 2021-04-16
CN112672942B (en) 2022-01-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210262808A1 (en) Obstacle avoidance method and apparatus
WO2021189210A1 (en) Vehicle lane changing method and related device
WO2021135371A1 (en) Automatic driving method, related device and computer-readable storage medium
CN112519575B (en) Method and device for adjusting the properties of an accelerator pedal
WO2021103511A1 (en) Operational design domain (odd) determination method and apparatus and related device
WO2021102955A1 (en) Path planning method for vehicle and path planning apparatus for vehicle
CN113792566B (en) Laser point cloud processing method and related equipment
CN112512887B (en) Driving decision selection method and device
WO2022142839A1 (en) Image processing method and apparatus, and intelligent vehicle
CN112543877B (en) Positioning method and positioning device
WO2022062825A1 (en) Vehicle control method, device, and vehicle
US20230222914A1 (en) Vehicle reminding method and system, and related device
US20230048680A1 (en) Method and apparatus for passing through barrier gate crossbar by vehicle
CN113885045A (en) Method and device for detecting lane line
CN113859265A (en) Reminding method and device in driving process
WO2022061702A1 (en) Method, apparatus, and system for driving alerts
CN114056346A (en) Automatic driving control method and device
WO2021254000A1 (en) Method and device for planning vehicle longitudinal motion parameters
WO2021159397A1 (en) Vehicle travelable region detection method and detection device
WO2023102827A1 (en) Path constraint method and device
WO2022061725A1 (en) Traffic element observation method and apparatus
CN114556251B (en) Method and device for determining a passable space for a vehicle
WO2022127502A1 (en) Control method and device
EP4194299A1 (en) Method and apparatus for planning lane-changing trajectory
WO2022001432A1 (en) Method for inferring lane, and method and apparatus for training lane inference model

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20927920

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20927920

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1